Category: GlobeNewswire

  • MIL-OSI: Partisia and Trust Stamp partner to make digital IDs safer and more private by securely linking them to unique biometrics

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Copenhagen, Denmark, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Trust Stamp (Nasdaq: IDAI), the Privacy-First Identity Company™ today announced a strategic partnership with fellow deep tech innovator Partisia. In a major step toward strengthening digital security and privacy, the two companies will collaborate to develop a more accessible and resilient solution for biometric holder binding. This partnership aims to deliver a foundational technology for reliably and securely verifying identity across a broad range of digital platforms.

    By combining Trust Stamp’s trusted biometric technology with Partisia’s proven Multi-Party Computation (MPC) and platform for privacy-preserving data solutions the two companies are providing the digital identity and cybersecurity industry with a simplified, privacy-centric solution for securely linking digital credentials to an individual’s unique biometric data. This approach guarantees that only the legitimate owner can use the credential, without ever exposing sensitive personal information.

    Unlike traditional methods, this joint solution places user privacy at the center by ensuring that biometric data remains within the user’s control. Trust Stamp eliminates the need for traditional templates or centralized databases by transforming live biometric input into a secure, non-reversible representation. This allows users’ identities to be established cryptographically without exposing their privacy—without storing sensitive biometric data or cryptographic keys. Paired with Partisia’s MPC architecture, the result is a seamless, privacy-first identity solution built to prevent unauthorized access and eliminate single points of failure.

    A key aspect of this partnership is the leverage of GODS (Global Omnichain Data Service) Network, which enables trustworthy representation of data across networks and web3 in general. Utilizing GODS network streamlines the adoption of this approach across diverse ecosystems – including finance, digital services, government, and Web3 platforms. The interoperable credential format allows for the reuse of a verified and bound identity across multiple platforms, eliminating repetitive onboarding processes and the unnecessary exposure of personal data.

    “Our collaboration is about accelerating the industry’s progress toward delivering the ease users expect—while enabling a secure, reusable identity across platforms. It’s a step toward a future where seamless login replaces repetitive onboarding and protects personal data,” Jonathan Patscheider, Vice President at Trust Stamp says. “By joining forces with Partisia, we are making it easier for organizations to adopt best-in-class privacy-first technologies without compromising performance or user experience.”

    Mark Medum Bundgaard, Chief Product Officer at Partisia, adds: “Biometric holder binding is fundamental to establishing trust in digital identity. Our work with Trust Stamp makes this trust more accessible, demonstrating that robust privacy standards and ease of use can coexist in harmony. This partnership reflects our shared commitment to delivering tools that empower users, protect their data, and ensure broad interoperability across digital landscapes.”

    For sectors facing increasing pressure to modernize their identity systems, particularly in banking and other regulated industries, Trust Stamp and Partisia aim to introduce a unified solution, leveraging advanced biometric authentication and decentralized technology to streamline onboarding, mitigate fraud risks, and ensure compliance across sectors like finance, healthcare, and government services. The combination of a privacy-first biometric identity verification together with secure authentication mechanisms, offers a forward-looking approach to identity authentication

    Together, Trust Stamp and Partisia are building a digital identity ecosystem where individuals can prove who they are without giving up control of their personal information, and where credentials stay securely linked to the unique person they belong to.

    About Partisia.com:

    At Partisia, we’re pioneering digital trust for today’s data-sensitive world. Imagine seamless collaboration, breakthrough innovation, and a real competitive edge – all achieved without ever compromising your valuable data. Our advanced Multi-Party Computation technology, a cornerstone of everything Partisia does, makes this powerful vision a tangible reality. We cut through complex data silos and navigate stringent compliance effortlessly, empowering your organization to unlock crucial insights and forge strategic partnerships with absolute confidentiality and unwavering security. At Partisia we’re building a future where data privacy fuels progress, not hinders it.

    About Trust Stamp:

    Trust Stamp is a global provider of AI-powered services for use in multiple sectors including banking and finance, regulatory compliance, government, healthcare, real estate, communications, and humanitarian services. Its technology empowers organizations via advanced solutions that reduce fraud, tokenize and secure data, securely authenticate users while protecting personal privacy, reduce friction in digital transactions, and increase operational efficiency, enabling customers to accelerate secure financial inclusion and reach and serve a broader base of users worldwide.

    With team members from twenty-two nationalities in eight countries across North America, Europe, Asia, and Africa, Trust Stamp trades on the Nasdaq Capital Market (Nasdaq: IDAI).

    Safe Harbor Statement: Caution Concerning Forward-Looking Remarks
    All statements in this release that are not based on historical fact are “forward-looking statements” including within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The information in this announcement may contain forward-looking statements and information related to, among other things, the company, its business plan and strategy, and its industry. These statements reflect management’s current views with respect to future events-based information currently available and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause the company’s actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. The company does not undertake any obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after such date or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

    Business enquiries:

    Partisia:
    Name: Line Stephansen, Senior Business Developer
    Mail: ls@partisia.com

    Trust Stamp:
    Name: Jonathan Patscheider
    Mail: jpatscheider@truststamp.net

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Best Online Tarot Reading [2025] Free Love Tarot Card Reading by Experts

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Los Angeles, CA, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    If you’re seeking clarity about love, life, or your future, online tarot reading can offer deep insights and meaningful guidance.

    With so many online tarot reading platforms, it can be difficult for users to know which ones are worth their time and money. That’s why tarot reading experts take a rigorous and independent approach to evaluating and ranking the best online tarot reading services each year. The goal is simple: help people find trustworthy, accurate, and user-friendly platforms that consistently deliver meaningful guidance.

    ⇒ Need answers? Start your free tarot reading session with real accuracy!

    Tarot reading experts have officially released their 2025 rankings of the best online tarot reading services, offering users a trusted guide to the most accurate and reputable tarot platforms. The site’s new list features handpicked platforms offering intuitive, confidential, and personalized tarot experiences—many with free online tarot reading options to get started. 

    With interest in online tarot reading growing steadily worldwide, the updated rankings aim to help seekers find meaningful and authentic guidance, especially in love, career, emotional clarity, and personal growth.

    ⇒ Clear answers await—book your online tarot reading with verified experts! 

    According to tarot reading experts, the surge in demand for tarot card reading online is driven by a need for instant clarity in uncertain times. From relationship struggles to professional crossroads, more people are turning to love tarot reading and other specialized services to gain deeper insight and peace of mind. 

    As digital spiritual services continue to rise in popularity, Tarot reading experts stand out as a reliable source for discovering the top-rated online tarot card reading platforms in 2025. The complete rankings are now available on their official website.

    ⇒ Need clarity? Get the most accurate tarot reading online today!

    How Tarot-Reading-Experts.com Ranks the Best Online Tarot Reading Services

    To identify the top-rated online tarot card reading services for 2025, tarot reading experts use a detailed set of criteria designed to measure each platform’s overall quality and reliability. This process involves both expert analysis and direct feedback from actual users. The following core factors are used in the rankings:

    Verified Customer Reviews: User experiences are among the most important quality indicators. Platforms with consistently positive feedback, especially in categories like free love tarot reading, money readings, and life path insight, rank higher.

    Reader Experience & Credentials: Only platforms with experienced, intuitive tarot readers with strong reputations are considered. Sites that allow users to view reader profiles, ratings, and specialties (such as tarot reading online free) are favored.

    ⇒ Start your truthful tarot reading session with real experts!

    Ease of Use: A good online tarot reading platform should be easy to navigate, both on desktop and mobile. Rankings factor in site speed, design, account setup, and how simple it is to start a session.

    Customer Satisfaction: Using surveys and review aggregation, Tarot-Reading-Experts.com measures how happy users are with the overall experience, including how insightful and helpful their tarot card reading sessions were.

    Value and Pricing Transparency: Affordability matters. Services that provide clear pricing, offer free online tarot reading trials, or include flexible packages tend to receive higher marks.

    ⇒ Experience true guidance with accurate tarot readers!

    Independent Reviews and User Surveys

    The rankings aren’t influenced by advertisers or brand partnerships. Instead, tarot reading experts use independent evaluations, detailed testing, and anonymous user surveys to ensure fairness and accuracy. By combining expert insights with real user feedback, the site provides readers with reliable information to confidently choose the best online tarot reading service for their needs.

    This approach ensures that every platform listed has been vetted for performance and its ability to deliver authentic, compassionate, and meaningful readings across all major life areas.

    ⇒ Try a professional online tarot reading you can trust!

    What Is Tarot Reading and How Does It Work?

    Tarot reading is a centuries-old practice that combines symbolic images, intuition, and emotional insight to help people better understand their situations and make empowered decisions. Though many associate tarot with fortune-telling, it’s more commonly used today for reflection, guidance, and emotional clarity, especially through online tarot reading platforms.

    The history of tarot dates back to 15th-century Europe, where it began as a playing card game. By the 18th century, tarot had evolved into a spiritual practice for divination and personal insight. Today, it’s one of the most popular forms of intuitive guidance available online.

    ⇒ Connect now with top-rated, accurate tarot readers!

    Understanding the Tarot Deck: Major and Minor Arcana

    A standard tarot deck contains 78 cards, divided into two main groups:

    • The Major Arcana: 22 cards representing major life themes and turning points, such as The Lovers, The Tower, and The Fool. These cards tend to carry strong symbolic messages and influence.
    • The Minor Arcana: 56 cards that reflect everyday situations, challenges, and emotions. These are divided into four suits—Cups, Pentacles, Swords, and Wands—each representing different areas of life like relationships, money, thoughts, and creativity.

    During a tarot card reading, a reader will arrange the cards in a specific spread (such as a three-card draw or Celtic Cross) and interpret them based on their position, symbolism, and intuitive connection to the person receiving the reading.

    ⇒ Get accurate insights from a real tarot card reading!

    How Tarot Reading Works Online

    With today’s technology, online tarot card reading has become more accessible. Readings are typically offered through chat, video calls, or phone, making it possible to receive accurate, personal insight without leaving home. Many platforms also provide a free online tarot reading as an introduction, allowing new users to test the experience before booking a longer or deeper session.

    The online format doesn’t dilute the reading. Many users find that tarot reading online provides the same emotional connection and accuracy as an in-person session. A skilled reader can tune into your energy through your words, questions, and emotional tone—no matter the distance.

    ⇒ Receive honest answers from skilled tarot readers online!

    Why Choose an Online Tarot Reading?

    An online tarot reading is a convenient and private way to gain spiritual guidance without needing to leave your home. Whether you’re facing a tough decision or simply curious about what lies ahead, tarot card reading services can provide symbolic insights that resonate with your situation.

    What to Expect from a Tarot Reading Online

    During a tarot reading online, a reader draws cards from the deck to answer questions about love, career, or your life path. Each card has a specific meaning, and its placement in the spread helps form a narrative tailored to your inquiry. Modern platforms now offer chat-based, video, or even AI-assisted tarot card reading options, making it accessible to everyone.

    ⇒ See what trusted online tarot readers have to say!

    The Best Online Tarot Reading Platforms

    Here are some features to look for when choosing the best online tarot reading service:

    • Experienced Readers: Look for platforms that screen their psychics and tarot readers.
    • User Reviews: Real testimonials help determine a platform’s reliability.
    • Free Trials or Discounts: Many sites offer a free online tarot reading or introductory rates.
    • Multiple Reading Options: From traditional tarot to oracle cards and numerology.

    Exploring Love and Relationships with Tarot

    A free love tarot reading is one of the most popular types of spreads used in online tarot reading services. Whether you’re wondering if a partner is right for you, or seeking insight into a future relationship, tarot can provide emotional clarity. A free love tarot reading is a great way to dip your toes into the world of spiritual guidance without a financial commitment.

    ⇒ Talk to accurate tarot readers for a trusted love tarot reading!

    Try a Free Online Tarot Reading Today

    If you’re new to the world of tarot, a free online tarot reading is the perfect place to start. Many platforms allow you to try out a session with no strings attached, offering both general and specific spreads, including the popular free love tarot reading option.

    ⇒  Get instant answers with a free tarot reading!

    What Questions Can Tarot Answer?

    While tarot card reading isn’t meant to predict your exact future, it does help reveal patterns, energies, and possible outcomes based on your current path. Common questions center around:

    • Love and relationships (especially through love tarot reading)
    • Career choices and work-related challenges
    • Family matters
    • Personal growth and life transitions
    • Spiritual direction or internal blocks

    The key is to approach the reading with an open mind and clear questions. For example, asking “What energy surrounds my relationship right now?” will lead to a more useful answer than “Will my ex come back?”

    ⇒ Find answers with an online tarot reading for love and life!

    Intuition and Symbolism Are at the Core

    Tarot isn’t about hard rules or set answers. Instead, it’s a collaborative process between the reader, the cards, and your energy. Each card carries layers of meaning, and skilled readers interpret those symbols in the context of your unique question or concern. Their intuition and years of practice bring each reading to life.

    Why Online Tarot Reading Is Trending in 2025

    In 2025, online tarot reading has become one of the most sought-after spiritual tools across the globe—and it’s not hard to see why. As more people turn to tarot for guidance, growth, and clarity, the convenience and effectiveness of digital readings are helping to redefine how we approach intuitive insight.

    ⇒ Find clarity in your heart with a personalized online tarot reading!

    Anytime, Anywhere Access

    One of the main reasons for the growing popularity of tarot card reading online is accessibility. With just a few taps on a phone or clicks on a laptop, users can connect with experienced tarot readers without leaving home. Whether you’re dealing with a sleepless night, going through a rough breakup, or need help making a tough decision, having access to 24/7 tarot reading online services makes it easier to get immediate answers on your schedule.

    This flexibility also eliminates the stress of commuting, scheduling weeks ahead, or sitting awkwardly in a metaphysical shop. Instead, you can enjoy a private and personalized online tarot card reading session from the comfort of your home, or even on a quick break at work.

    Affordable and Often Free to Try

    In-person readings can be expensive and inconsistent. Many users turn to free online tarot reading platforms to explore their options before paying for deeper insight. Some of the best online tarot reading services now offer free trials, introductory questions, or short sample readings to help users feel confident before committing financially.

    This affordability is especially important in today’s economy, where people still seek spiritual connection but need cost-effective ways to find it.

    ⇒ Find trusted guidance with an expert tarot reading online!

    A Shift in Global Mindset

    Another key factor behind this trend is the growing trust in digital spiritual services. People are now more open than ever to exploring holistic tools like tarot reading, astrology, and energy healing—all from their phones. The internet has made it easier to research platforms, read reviews, and choose qualified readers who match individual values or beliefs.

    What Makes a Tarot Reading Accurate?

    Not all tarot readings are created equal. While tarot card reading has always been rooted in symbolic interpretation, what truly determines its value is the depth and accuracy of the insights it provides. Whether done in person or through online tarot reading, the quality of a reading depends on a few key factors. These include the reader’s intuition, connection with the client, and ability to interpret the cards meaningfully.

    ⇒ Ready for clarity? Start your journey at Tarot-Reading-Experts.com

    It Starts with the Reader’s Intuition

    The reader’s intuitive ability is at the heart of every accurate tarot reading. Tarot cards don’t deliver concrete answers—they open the door to deeper reflection and energy-based messages. A gifted reader uses more than just the traditional meanings of the cards. They tune into the subtle emotional and energetic cues of the client, even during a tarot reading online, to understand the deeper message the cards are trying to convey.

    Online readings rely heavily on this skill, especially when video or voice isn’t involved. The best readers can still pick up on emotional energy through chat, written questions, or even how someone types.

    The Right Spread Makes a Difference

    The layout, or “spread,” used during a reading also plays a critical role. A simple three-card spread might reveal the past, present, and future of a love situation, while a Celtic Cross Spread can offer a comprehensive look into more complex issues. Skilled readers know which spread to use based on the client’s needs and how to adapt the positions to fit the question.

    Whether it’s a short, free online tarot reading or a full, in-depth session, using the right layout helps organize the message and allows for a clearer interpretation.

    Asking the Right Questions

    A precise tarot reading often begins with the client asking the right questions. Open-ended prompts such as “What can I expect if I stay in this relationship?” or “What energy surrounds my career path right now?” invite deeper, more revealing answers than closed yes-or-no questions. When clients know what they’re looking for, it’s easier for the reader to use the cards effectively, especially in free love tarot reading sessions, which are often emotionally charged.

    ⇒ Ask your question and get an honest tarot reading online!

    Interpretation Is an Art, Not a Script

    Finally, the best tarot card reading online experiences come from readers who blend intuition with empathy. They don’t just recite card meanings—they read between the lines, pick up on emotional cues, and provide guidance with compassion. They recognize that tarot is not about prediction, but about perspective.

    This combination of skill, insight, and connection separates a generic reading from a powerful one. And with more people turning to tarot reading online free platforms to test the waters, finding a reader who embodies these traits is more important than ever.

    ⇒ Choose clarity—try a reliable tarot card reading!

    Top Features to Look for in an Online Tarot Reading Platform

    With the growing popularity of online tarot reading, it’s more important than ever to know what sets a quality platform apart from the rest. Whether you’re exploring tarot card reading online for the first time or looking to switch services, paying attention to a few key features can help you get the most accurate, valuable, and enjoyable experience possible.

    Free Introductory Readings

    A reliable tarot platform often offers a free online tarot reading or a short introductory session. This allows new users to test the waters, get a feel for the reader’s style, and decide if the platform is a good fit before spending money. Whether it’s a few free minutes, a sample spread, or a trial offer, these options help build trust and transparency.

    Top-rated services now include tarot reading online free trials, making it easier for users to explore topics like love, career, or life direction without pressure.

    ⇒ Find a free or live tarot reading now at Tarot-Reading-Experts.com

    Specialty Readings for Deeper Insight

    Another important feature is the availability of specialized tarot readings. The best platforms offer more than just general readings—they include focused sessions like:

    • Love tarot reading for romantic clarity and relationship questions
    • Career and financial guidance
    • Past life readings for spiritual exploration
    • Yes/no quick reads for fast decisions

    Access to multiple categories ensures you can find the right tarot card reading online to meet your specific emotional or spiritual needs.

    ⇒ Feel confident with answers from accurate tarot readers!

    Flexible Reading Formats

    Everyone has different comfort levels, and a quality platform should offer various communication options. Look for services that allow you to choose between:

    • Live chat for quick, discreet communication
    • Phone readings for more voice-driven connection
    • Video sessions for face-to-face depth

    This flexibility enhances the online tarot card reading experience, letting you choose what feels most natural.

    Clear Policies and Satisfaction Guarantees

    Trustworthy online tarot card reading platforms stand behind their service. Look for sites that offer clear refund policies, satisfaction guarantees, or the option to switch readers if the session doesn’t resonate with you. This shows the platform values integrity and wants you to walk away feeling seen and supported.

    ⇒ Access transparent, truthful tarot card readings!

    Benefits of Tarot Card Reading Online

    As more people seek clarity and guidance from the comfort of their homes, online tarot reading has become the preferred option for many spiritual seekers. It’s not just a digital version of a traditional session—it’s an entirely enhanced experience that offers more control, flexibility, and convenience than ever before. Whether you’re interested in a quick check-in or an in-depth love tarot reading, the advantages of tarot card reading online are hard to ignore.

    1. No Need for In-Person Visits

    One of the most obvious benefits is that you no longer need to travel to a physical location to receive a reading. With online tarot card reading platforms, you can connect with experienced readers from anywhere in the world, without commuting, dressing up, or working around someone else’s schedule. This is especially helpful for those living in remote areas or facing mobility challenges.

    2. Time-Efficient and Always Accessible

    Modern life is busy, and squeezing in time for spiritual self-care isn’t always easy. That’s why tarot reading online has become so popular. Sessions can be as short as 10 minutes or as long as an hour, and many platforms offer 24/7 availability. Whether it’s early morning or late at night, you can log in and connect with a reader when it works.

    ⇒ Get your question answered by a trusted tarot expert!

    3. Greater Variety of Readers and Styles

    Online platforms offer access to a wide range of readers with different styles, backgrounds, and specialties. Looking for a compassionate guide for a love tarot reading? Or maybe you’re interested in past life insights or financial clarity? Whatever your focus, you’ll have far more options online than you’d ever find locally. The best platforms also allow you to browse reader bios, client reviews, and availability before booking.

    4. Ability to Save and Revisit Readings

    Another major perk of tarot card reading online is the ability to save session transcripts, notes, or even video/audio recordings (depending on the platform). This allows you to revisit the guidance you received and track how things unfold over time. It’s like keeping a spiritual journal, only with expert insight included.

    5. More Privacy and Emotional Comfort

    Some people find in-person sessions intimidating or emotionally overwhelming. Online tarot reading offers a layer of emotional comfort and privacy. You’re free to express yourself without judgment, and you can control the pace and format of the session. Whether it’s through chat, voice, or video, the setting is entirely yours to choose.

    ⇒ See what’s ahead with clarity from accurate tarot readers!

    6. Affordable and Often Free to Start

    Many platforms now offer free online tarot reading options or introductory discounts, making spiritual guidance more accessible than ever. Whether you’re testing the waters or looking for regular insight, affordable pricing means more people can benefit from a high-quality tarot card reading without financial strain.

    7. Global Reach, Local Convenience

    Finally, online tarot card reading breaks geographical barriers. You can connect with gifted readers across continents, bringing diverse perspectives and deeper insight into your sessions—all from your phone, tablet, or laptop.

    With so many practical and emotional benefits, it’s no surprise that the best online tarot reading services continue to attract thousands of users seeking honest, personal, and meaningful guidance.

    ⇒ Experience clarity and truth with an online tarot reading!

    How to Choose the Right Online Tarot Reader for You

    Not all tarot readers are the same, and finding the right one can make the difference between a vague session and a powerful, insightful experience. Thanks to the rise of online tarot reading, users can now access thousands of skilled readers worldwide. But with so many choices, how do you find the one that’s right for you?

    Here are the most important factors when choosing a tarot reader online.

    1. Match Their Specialty to Your Needs

    Are you seeking clarity in your love life, looking to shift careers, or hoping to understand your emotional blocks? Start by identifying the main reason you’re seeking a reading. The best online tarot reading platforms allow you to filter readers by specialty, such as free love tarot reading, life purpose, financial guidance, or spiritual healing.

    Choosing a reader specializing in your area of concern helps ensure your session will be focused, meaningful, and on target.

    ⇒ Take control of your path with a detailed tarot reading online

    2. Review Reader Profiles and Client Feedback

    On most platforms, each tarot reader has a public profile detailing their experience, reading style, and client reviews. Some also include sample readings or video introductions. Look for someone whose energy and approach resonate with you, whether you prefer direct answers, compassionate insight, or spiritual depth.

    User reviews can reveal whether the reader has a track record of an accurate tarot card reading online and how they handle different types of clients and questions.

    3. Consider Communication Style

    Think about how you’d prefer to receive your reading. Some people are more comfortable with live chat, while others feel a stronger connection through video or phone. Choose a format that matches your comfort level.

    • Chat readings are great for discreet, fast sessions
    • Phone readings allow for a more emotional connection through tone
    • Video calls offer a face-to-face experience without needing to meet in person

    Good platforms give you these options, allowing your online tarot card reading to feel as natural as possible.

    ⇒ Ask the cards and get accurate, fast results!

    4. Check Pricing and Free Trial Options

    If you’re new to tarot card reading online, you might want to try a free online tarot reading or an introductory session before committing to a full reading. Top-rated platforms offer free minutes, trial credits, or satisfaction guarantees to help first-time users feel secure in their choice.

    Even if readers charge higher rates, their feedback and experience might justify the cost. Always weigh value against budget and comfort.

    5. Trust Your Intuition

    Finally—and this is important—trust your gut. If something about a reader doesn’t sit right with you, move on. Your energy and comfort are crucial during a tarot reading online session. The right reader will feel easy to connect with, even before the cards are drawn.

    In the digital age, you have more tools than ever to find a reader who truly aligns with your energy and goals. Take your time, explore your options, and don’t be afraid to try a few different readers until you find the perfect match.

    ⇒  Find trusted tarot platforms for 2025 at Tarot-Reading-Experts.com

    Common Misconceptions About Online Tarot Reading

    Despite its growing popularity, online tarot reading still faces a range of misconceptions. Some people hesitate to explore it because of outdated ideas or confusion about how tarot works in a digital format. Clearing up these myths is essential to understanding what tarot card reading online offers and how it can be a useful tool for self-reflection and guidance.

    Let’s look at some of the most common myths and the truth behind them.

    1. Tarot Reading Only Works In Person

    One of the biggest myths is that tarot readings must happen face-to-face to be effective. In reality, energy and intention are not limited by physical space. Experienced tarot readers can connect just as powerfully over the internet as they can in person. Thanks to video, chat, and phone options, online tarot card reading sessions are often just as personal—and sometimes even more comfortable—than in-person sessions.

    Many people even prefer tarot reading online because it gives them space to open up without pressure.

    ⇒ Trusted psychics are live for your tarot card reading

    2. You Have to Believe in Magic or the Occult

    Tarot is not about casting spells or predicting fixed outcomes. While it has spiritual roots, modern tarot card reading is more commonly used as a tool for reflection, clarity, and personal growth. You don’t need to believe in any particular tradition to benefit from a session. Most readers focus on insight, emotional patterns, and life decisions rather than “fortune-telling.”

    People from all backgrounds and belief systems can use an online tarot reading or readings to understand their thoughts and gain perspective.

    3. All Tarot Readings Are Vague or Fake

    Another widespread belief is that all tarot readers give general answers that could apply to anyone. While that might be true for some low-quality providers, the best online tarot reading platforms carefully vet their readers for authenticity, accuracy, and professionalism. A skilled tarot reader will tailor their reading to your specific questions and energy, offering relevant and personal insights.

    Like with any profession, some practitioners are better than others—choosing the right one makes all the difference.

    ⇒ Don’t be left guessing—get a real tarot reading online!

    4. Free Readings Are a Scam

    It’s smart to be cautious online, but not all free online tarot reading offers are misleading. In fact, many reputable platforms give new users a few free minutes or credits to test their services. These are often real sessions, shorter in length, and designed to help you try different readers before spending money.

    Look for clear terms, transparent pricing, and tarot reading online free trials offered directly through established platforms, not through suspicious pop-ups or random ads.

    5. Tarot Readers Will Tell You What to Do

    Contrary to what some think, a tarot reading isn’t about being told what choices to make. Good readers don’t control your decisions—they offer guidance and possible outcomes based on your current path. Tarot is about self-awareness, not control. You’re still the one in charge of your life.

    A quality online tarot card reading helps you feel empowered, not dependent.

    ⇒ Real advice, no guesswork—just a precise tarot reading!

    Free Online Tarot Reading vs Paid Tarot Reading: What’s the Difference?

    There are two options in online tarot reading: free readings and paid sessions with a live tarot reader. Both have their place, but they serve very different purposes. Understanding their differences can help you decide which is right for your needs, or how to use both effectively.

    What You Get with Free Online Tarot Reading Tools

    Free online tarot reading tools are usually automated programs that let you select digital tarot cards and receive pre-written interpretations. These tools can be great for casual guidance or quick reflection. They’re available 24/7, cost nothing, and are a helpful starting point for beginners exploring tarot card reading online.

    However, these free readings lack personalization. They don’t factor in your energy, emotions, or the specific context of your question. They offer general meanings for each card, rather than weaving them together to form a complete, intuitive message.

    ⇒ Click to chat with accurate tarot readers instantly!

    The Value of Paid Tarot Reading Online

    Paid sessions connect you with a real, experienced tarot reader who can provide deeper insights and emotional connection. Live online tarot card reading sessions allow for follow-up questions, clarification, and readings that evolve with your energy in real time. They’re especially helpful for more personal topics, such as love tarot reading, career crossroads, or inner healing.

    When looking for real clarity or dealing with sensitive issues, the difference in quality and depth between a free and paid reading becomes clear.

    Start Free, Then Go Deeper

    Free readings are a great introduction to the tarot, and some of the best online tarot reading platforms even offer free minutes with real readers. But upgrading to a personalized, live tarot reading online is often the better choice for layered insight and meaningful transformation.

    ⇒ Get quick, trustworthy answers from a live tarot expert!

    Conclusion

    As virtual spiritual services continue to gain global traction, Tarot-Reading-Experts.com is setting a new benchmark with its 2025 rankings for the best online tarot reading platforms. This timely announcement highlights the growing demand for trusted, convenient, and deeply insightful tarot card reading online experiences.

    Backed by extensive research and expert evaluation, the platform’s latest report reflects the evolution of tarot in the digital age, where users now prioritize privacy, access, and quality over in-person tradition. With a rising number of individuals turning to online tarot card reading for clarity in love, career, and personal growth, the service has become a mainstay for self-guided decision-making and emotional support.

    From free online tarot reading tools to highly rated live sessions with professional readers, the online format empowers users to choose the type of experience that suits their personal needs. The most reputable platforms now offer 24/7 access, diverse reading types, and strong satisfaction guarantees, ushering in a new era of intuitive guidance that’s just a click away.

    See why thousands trust Tarot-Reading-Experts.com for online readings.

    FAQs

    Is tarot card reading online accurate?

    Yes, tarot card reading online can be just as accurate as in-person sessions. A skilled reader doesn’t need to physically touch the cards or see you in person to tune into your energy. Accuracy depends more on the reader’s experience, your openness, and the clarity of your question than on physical proximity.

    Can I get a free tarot reading online?

    Many reputable platforms offer a free online tarot reading to help new users explore their services. These can range from a few complimentary minutes with a live reader to automated card pulls with general interpretations. A tarot reading online free trial gives you a low-risk way to test out different readers, styles, or topics before committing to a paid session.

    What can I ask about in an online tarot card reading?

    You can ask about almost anything—love tarot reading is especially popular. However, readers also cover topics like career, finances, health (in a spiritual sense), family, life purpose, personal growth, and decision-making. The key is to be specific and open. The more focused your question, the more relevant your reading will likely be.

    How long does an online tarot reading usually take?

    Online tarot card reading sessions typically range from 10 minutes to an hour, depending on the platform, the number of questions you have, and your chosen format. Some services offer quick answers, while others provide deep, detailed insights. You can often choose how much time you want to spend, and many readers will let you extend the session if needed.

    Is it safe to do tarot reading online?

    Yes, as long as you use a reputable website. Look for platforms that are transparent about pricing, have verified reader profiles, and offer secure payment options. Reading reviews and checking customer ratings can also help you avoid scams. A trusted online tarot card reading site will respect your privacy and never pressure you into buying more services.

    How often should I get a tarot reading?

    That depends on your needs. Some people like to check in weekly, especially for a love tarot reading or ongoing decisions. Others prefer monthly or even just when facing a major life shift. As long as you’re not becoming dependent on the cards for every decision, you can set your own pace.

    What is the best online tarot reading service?

    The best online tarot reading service is one that offers experienced readers, accurate insights, and flexible formats like video or chat readings.

    How does a tarot reading online work?

    In a tarot reading online, a reader uses a digital interface to pull tarot cards and interpret their meanings based on your question or situation.

    What can I expect from a love tarot reading?

    A love tarot reading focuses on your romantic life, helping you understand relationship dynamics, feelings, and future possibilities.

    Where can I get a free love tarot reading?

    Many websites offer a free love tarot reading as an introduction to their services, giving you insight into your relationships at no cost.

    Are tarot card readings online private?

    Yes, most tarot card reading services ensure full privacy and confidentiality, especially during chat or video sessions.

    Can I trust free online tarot reading results?

    While a free online tarot reading gives useful insights, for deeper accuracy it’s best to consult an experienced tarot reader.

    Do I need to prepare before a tarot reading online?

    It’s helpful to come with a clear question or topic in mind to get the most accurate results from your tarot reading online.

    Are online tarot readers certified or trained?

    Reputable platforms offering the best online tarot reading often verify their readers through reviews, experience, and training.

    What device can I use for a tarot reading online?

    You can use your smartphone, tablet, or computer to access most tarot reading online platforms, anytime and anywhere.

    Can tarot readings predict the future?

    A tarot card reading offers symbolic guidance and can highlight potential outcomes, but it should be used as a tool for reflection, not absolute prediction.

    Media Contact
    Company: Tarot Reading Experts
    Contact Person: Ryan C. Martinez
    Email: support@tarot-reading-experts.com
    Address: 2350 Canyon Drive, Los Angeles, CA 90068, USA
    URL: https://tarot-reading-experts.com/
    Phone: +1 603-563-2960

    Content Accuracy Disclaimer
    Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information presented in this article. However, due to the dynamic nature of product formulations, promotions, and availability, details may change without notice. The publisher makes no warranties or representations as to the current completeness or accuracy of any content, including product claims, pricing, or ingredient lists.
    It is the responsibility of the reader to verify product information directly through the official website or manufacturer prior to making a purchasing decision. Any reliance placed on the information in this article is done strictly at your own risk.
    Affiliate Disclosure
    This article may contain affiliate links. If you purchase a product or service through these links, the publisher may earn a commission at no additional cost to you. These commissions help support the creation of in-depth reviews and educational wellness content.
    The publisher only promotes products that have been independently evaluated and deemed potentially beneficial to readers. However, this compensation may influence the content, topics, or products discussed in this article. The views and opinions expressed are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the official policy or position of any affiliate partner or product provider.
    All product reviews and descriptions reflect the author’s honest opinion based on available public data, user feedback, and scientific references at the time of writing. The inclusion of affiliate links does not influence the objectivity or integrity of the content. However, readers are encouraged to independently verify product information and consult with healthcare professionals prior to purchase or use.
    No warranties, either expressed or implied, are made about the completeness, accuracy, reliability, or suitability of the content provided. The publisher and all affiliated parties expressly disclaim any and all liability arising directly or indirectly from the use of any information contained herein.
    Product and Trademark Rights
    All product names, logos, and brands mentioned are the property of their respective owners. Use of these names does not imply endorsement unless explicitly stated. tarot-reading-experts.com®are the trademarks of its respective brand owner.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Form 8.5 (EPT/RI) – H&T Group Plc

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FORM 8.5 (EPT/RI)

    PUBLIC DEALING DISCLOSURE BY AN EXEMPT PRINCIPAL TRADER WITH RECOGNISED INTERMEDIARY STATUS DEALING IN A CLIENT-SERVING CAPACITY
    Rule 8.5 of the Takeover Code (the “Code”)

    1.        KEY INFORMATION

    (a)        Name of exempt principal trader: Shore Capital Stockbrokers Ltd
    (b)        Name of offeror/offeree in relation to whose relevant securities this form relates:
            Use a separate form for each offeror/offeree
    H&T Group Plc
    (c)        Name of the party to the offer with which exempt principal trader is connected: H&T Group Plc
    (d)        Date dealing undertaken: 14 May 2025
    (e)        Has the EPT previously disclosed, or is it today disclosing, under the Code in respect of any other party to this offer? No

    2.        DEALINGS BY THE EXEMPT PRINCIPAL TRADER

    (a)        Purchases and sales

    Class of relevant security Purchases/ sales Total number of securities Highest price per unit paid/received Lowest price per unit paid/received
    Ordinary Purchases 274,586 644p 638p
    Ordinary Sales 373,221 645p 639.98p

    (b)        Derivatives transactions (other than option)

    Class of relevant security Product description
    e.g. CFD
    Nature of dealing
    e.g. opening/closing a long/short position, increasing/reducing a long/short position
    Number of reference securities Price per unit
             

    (c)        Options transactions in respect of existing securities

    (i)        Writing, selling, purchasing or varying

    Class of relevant security Product description e.g. call option Writing, purchasing, selling, varying etc. Number of securities to which option relates Exercise price per unit Type
    e.g. American, European etc.
    Expiry date Option money paid/ received per unit
                   

    (ii)        Exercising

    Class of relevant security Product description
    e.g. call option
    Number of securities Exercise price per unit
           

    (d)        Other dealings (including subscribing for new securities)

    Class of relevant security Nature of dealing
    e.g. subscription, conversion
    Details Price per unit (if applicable)
           

    The currency of all prices and other monetary amounts should be stated.

    Where there have been dealings in more than one class of relevant securities of the offeror or offeree named in 1(b), copy table 2(a), (b), (c) or (d) (as appropriate) for each additional class of relevant security dealt in.

    3.        OTHER INFORMATION

    (a)        Indemnity and other dealing arrangements

    Details of any indemnity or option arrangement, or any agreement or understanding, formal or informal, relating to relevant securities which may be an inducement to deal or refrain from dealing entered into by the exempt principal trader making the disclosure and any party to the offer or any person acting in concert with a party to the offer:
    If there are no such agreements, arrangements or understandings, state “none”

    None

    (b)        Agreements, arrangements or understandings relating to options or derivatives

    Details of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, formal or informal, between the exempt principal trader making the disclosure and any other person relating to:
    (i)        the voting rights of any relevant securities under any option; or
    (ii)        the voting rights or future acquisition or disposal of any relevant securities to which any derivative is referenced:
    If there are no such agreements, arrangements or understandings, state “none”

    None

    Date of disclosure: 15 May 2025
    Contact name: Laura Parmenter
    Telephone number: 0207 647 8154

    Public disclosures under Rule 8 of the Code must be made to a Regulatory Information Service and must also be emailed to the Takeover Panel at monitoring@disclosure.org.uk. The Panel’s Market Surveillance Unit is available for consultation in relation to the Code’s dealing disclosure requirements on +44 (0)20 7638 0129.
    The Code can be viewed on the Panel’s website at www.thetakeoverpanel.org.uk.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Xtract One Enters Master Supply Agreement with Global Entertainment Organization for Security Screening Deployment

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    TORONTO, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Xtract One Technologies (TSX: XTRA)(OTCQX: XTRAF)(FRA: 0PL) (“Xtract One” or the “Company”) today announced that the Company has entered into a Master Supply Agreement with a new customer, a leading global media and entertainment organization. Through this agreement, Xtract One’s SmartGateway has been selected as the screening technology solution that is now available at any location and will initially be deployed in a first application at an venue in Asia – with the potential of ongoing expansion at any of the brand’s growing portfolio of hundreds of entertainment venues, retail stores, and production facilities worldwide. The first installation is expected to begin in the second quarter of 2025; additional terms were not disclosed.

    “We’re energized to be working with yet another major player in the global entertainment industry, furthering the case for creating safer entertainment spaces for everyone around the world,” said Peter Evans, CEO of Xtract One. “The testing executed was some of the most rigorous that we have been subjected to, with a very detailed set of prohibited items tested, along with detailed analysis of the metrics for the guest ingress experience. Large, global organizations such as this customer have highly valuable assets to protect, and high brand equity to maintain also. We are pleased to have been tested and proven to deliver against both metrics.”

    After testing at multiple locations, Xtract One’s SmartGateway was selected for its ability to provide fast, reliable, and accurate patron screening. This agreement sets a new standard within the global entertainment industry through the entertainment company’s effort to enhance security measures and ensure the safety of all venue visitors on a global scale. The first SmartGateway deployment will occur within the next months.

    Xtract One’s SmartGateway allows for fast, frictionless entry, enhancing safety without sacrificing experience. SmartGateway’s technology uses AI-powered sensors to unobtrusively scan individuals, seamlessly detecting threats without invading guests’ privacy. The AI-driven technology reduces wait times and enables faster entry, while providing data-driven security insights that shift security operations from reactive to proactive. The Company’s Multi-Sensor Gateway portfolio was recently awarded the U.S. Department of Homeland Security DHS SAFETY Act Designation as a Qualified Anti-Terrorism Technology (QATT), highlighting the efficacy of Xtract One’s innovative security solutions in safeguarding public spaces against modern threats.

    To learn more, visit www.xtractone.com.

    About Xtract One
    Xtract One Technologies is a leading technology-driven provider of threat detection and security solutions leveraging AI to deliver seamless and secure experiences. The Company makes unobtrusive weapons and threat detection systems that are designed to assist facility operators in prioritizing- and delivering improved “Walk-right-In” experiences while enhancing safety. Xtract One’s innovative portfolio of AI-powered Gateway solutions excels at allowing facilities to discreetly screen and identify weapons and other threats at points of entry and exit without disrupting the flow of traffic. With solutions built to serve the unique market needs for schools, hospitals, arenas, stadiums, manufacturing, distribution, and other customers, Xtract One is recognized as a market leader delivering the highest security in combination with the best individual experience. For more information, visit www.xtractone.com or connect on Facebook, X, and LinkedIn.

    About Threat Detection Systems
    Xtract One solutions, when properly configured, deployed, and utilized, are designed to help enhance safety and reduce threats. Given the wide range of potential threats in today’s world, no threat detection system is 100% effective. Xtract One solutions should be utilized as one element in a multilayered approach to physical security.

    Forward Looking Statements
    This news release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of applicable securities laws. All statements that are not historical facts, including without limitation, statements regarding future estimates, plans, programs, forecasts, projections, objectives, assumptions, expectations or beliefs of future performance, are “forward-looking statements”. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words such as “plans”, “expects” or “does not expect”, “is expected”, “estimates”, “intends”, “anticipates” or “does not anticipate”, or “believes”, or variations of such words and phrases or statements that certain actions, events or results “may”, “could”, “would”, “might” or “will” be taken, occur or be achieved. Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, events or developments to be materially different from any future results, events or developments expressed or implied by such forward looking statements. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the risks detailed from time to time in the continuous disclosure filings made by the Company with securities regulations. These factors should be considered carefully, and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. Although the Company has attempted to identify important risk factors that could cause actual actions, events or results to differ materially from those described in forward-looking statements, there may be other risk factors that cause actions, events or results to differ from those anticipated, estimated or intended. There can be no assurance that forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate, as actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in forward-looking statements. The Company has no obligation to update any forward looking statement, even if new information becomes available as a result of future events, new information or for any other reason except as required by law.

    For further information, please contact:
    Xtract One Inquiries: info@xtractone.com, http://www.xtractone.com   
    Investor Relations: Chris Witty, Darrow Associates, cwitty@darrowir.com, 646-438-9385
    Media Contact: Kristen Aikey, JMG Public Relations, kristen@jmgpr.com, 212-206-1645

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: SYLOGIST Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Q1 2025 Highlights1

               
      Revenue (in $ millions)  
    SaaS Subscription Recurring Total
    Reported Y/Y growth Reported Y/Y growth Reported Y/Y growth
    $7.8 15% $10.9 6% $16.3 3%
     
    • SaaS ARR up 15% Y/Y to $31.4 million;
    • ARR up 6% Y/Y to $44.3 million;
    • Bookings up 153% Y/Y to $23.1 million, including a ~$15 million contract with the Texas OAG2;
    • Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 16.1% or $2.62 million; and
    • SaaS NRR of 108%.

    CALGARY, Alberta, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Sylogist Ltd. (TSX: SYZ) (“Sylogist” or the “Company”), a leading public sector SaaS company, today announced its results for the first quarter fiscal 2025, ended March 31, 2025. All figures are in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise specified.

    “Our Q1 performance was right on plan as we continue to execute our SaaS-focused, partner-centric value creation strategy,” said Bill Wood, President & CEO of Sylogist. “We achieved record bookings—nearly double our previous high—and saw well-balanced pipeline expansion across our Gov, Mission, and Ed segments. Combining our latest all-customer NPS survey score of 62, the highest we’ve ever achieved, with our 108% SaaS Net Revenue Retention, paints a clear picture: our customers are happy, advocating on our behalf and increasing their investment with us. We’re excited about the ongoing acceleration of our high-margin SaaS revenue and the operating leverage and scalability that lie ahead.”

    The Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.01 per share to be paid on June 11, 2025, to shareholders of record on May 30, 2025.

    1Growth comparisons have been adjusted to reflect the divestiture of the Managed IT Services division
    2https://sylogist.com/blog/sylogist-awarded-statewide-contract-to-modernize-texas-victim-notification-services/

    Conference Call Details
    The Company will host a conference call at 8:30 AM Eastern Time on May 15, 2025. Bill Wood, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Sujeet Kini, Chief Financial Officer, will present the Company’s financial results, discuss performance as well as outlook for 2025 and beyond. Q & A will follow, as time allows, and replay of the call will be archived in the investor section of the Company’s website.

    Please dial-in before the start of the conference to secure a line and avoid delays.

    About Sylogist
    Sylogist provides mission-critical SaaS solutions to over 2,000 public sector customers globally across the government, non-profit, and education market segments. The Company’s stock is traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol SYZ. Information about Sylogist, inclusive of full financial statements together with Management’s Discussion and Analysis, can be found at www.sedarplus.ca or at www.sylogist.com.

    Forward-looking Statements

    This news release contains “forward-looking information” within the meaning of applicable securities legislation. Although the forward-looking information is based on what the Company believes are reasonable assumptions, current expectations, and estimates, investors are cautioned from placing undue reliance on this information since actual results may vary from the forward-looking information. Forward-looking information may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believe”, “assume”, “intend”, “may”, “will”, “expect”, “estimate”, “anticipate”, “continue”, “could”, “should”, “can”, “outlook” or similar terms, variations of those terms or the negative of those terms, and the use of the conditional tense as well as similar expressions.

    Such forward-looking information that is not historical fact, including statements based on management’s beliefs and assumptions, cannot be considered as guarantees of future performance. They are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to future economic conditions, the markets that the Company serves, the actions of competitors, major new technological trends, and other factors, many of which are beyond the Company’s control, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those that are disclosed in or implied by such forward-looking information. The forward-looking information contained in this news release is expressly qualified by this cautionary statement. The Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking information whether because of new information, future events or otherwise other than as required by applicable legislation. Important risk factors that may affect these expectations include, but are not limited to, the factors described under the section “Risks and Uncertainties” found in the Company’s Annual Information Form for the fiscal period ended December 31, 2024, and in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the quarter ended March 31, 2025 and for the year ended December 31, 2024 and other documents available on the Company’s profile at www.sedarplus.ca. Readers are cautioned that the foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive.

    Actual results and developments may differ, in some cases materially, from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this news release. Such statements are based on a number of assumptions which may prove to be incorrect, including, but not limited to, assumptions about: (i) competitive environment; (ii) operating risks; (iii) the Company’s management and employees; (iv) capital investment by the Company’s customers; (v) customer project implementations; (vi) liquidity; (vii) current global financial and geopolitical conditions; (viii) implementation of the Company’s commercial strategic plan; (ix) access to credit sources and the terms of such financing; (x) potential product liabilities and other lawsuits to which the Company may be subject; (xi) additional financing and dilution; (xii) market liquidity of the Company’s common shares; (xiii) development of new products; (xiv) intellectual property and other proprietary rights; (xv) acquisition and expansion; (xvi) foreign currency; (xvii) interest rates; (xviii) technology and regulatory changes; (xix) internal information technology infrastructure and applications and (xx) cyber security. Certain information set out herein may be considered as “financial outlook” within the meaning of applicable securities las. The purpose of this financial outlook is to provide readers with disclosure regarding Sylogist’s reasonable expectations as to the anticipated results of its proposed business activities for the periods indicated. Readers are cautioned that the financial outlook may not be appropriate for other purposes.

    Non-IFRS Financial Measures

    This news release refers to certain non-IFRS measures, namely Bookings, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Annualized Recurring Revenue (“ARR”), Software as a Service (“SaaS”) ARR, and SaaS Net Revenue Retention (“SaaS NRR”). These non-IFRS measures do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by IFRS and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported or calculated by other companies. These measures are provided as additional information to complement measures under IFRS by providing further understanding of the Company’s expected results of operations from management’s perspective. Accordingly, such measures should not be considered in isolation nor as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s financial information reported under IFRS.

    • Bookings refer to the total value of customer accepted contracts during the reporting period. This includes SaaS bookings (the value of SaaS contracts for the entire contracted term) and the project services bookings (the full value of contracted project services).
    • Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as earnings before interest expense, interest income, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, foreign exchange gains/losses and the impact of acquisition and restructuring.
    • Adjusted EBITDA Margin refers to Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of revenue.
    • ARR is defined as the annualized value of contractually committed SaaS and maintenance and support services. This quantification assumes that customers will renew the contractual commitment on a periodic basis as they come up for renewal unless the customer has notified the Company of its intention to cancel.
    • SaaS ARR refers to ARR attributable to SaaS customer contracts.
    • SaaS NRR refers to the percentage of beginning of period ARR retained over a given 12-month period inclusive of the impact of contractions, losses and the impact of any additional expansion revenues from customer upgrades within the existing customer base. The Company’s calculation of SaaS NRR includes the impact of customers converting from its maintenance and support offerings to its SaaS offerings.

    Bookings, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, ARR, SaaS ARR, and SaaS NRR are provided to investors as alternative methods for assessing the Company’s operating results in a manner that is focused on the Company’s ongoing operations and to provide a more consistent basis for comparison between periods. These measures should not be construed as alternatives to profit or cash flow from operating activities, determined in accordance with IFRS as an indicator of the Company’s performance.

    For further information regarding non-IFRS measures used by the Company, please refer to a copy of the Company’s Annual Financial Statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis for the year ended December 31, 2024, copies of which are available on Sylogist’s SEDAR profile at www.sedarplus.ca.

    Currency and Rounding
    All amounts in this Press Release are expressed in millions of Canadian dollars unless otherwise stated. All percentage variations expressed herein have been calculated based on variations resulting from numbers expressed in millions. Any potential differences from similarly calculated percentages in the Company’s Financial Statements and Management’s Discussion and Analysis are due to rounding and are nonmaterial.

    For further information contact:
    Sujeet Kini, CFO
    Sylogist Ltd.

    (416) 491-8004
    ir@sylogist.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: LM Funding America, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    – Mined 24.3 Bitcoin for total mining revenue of $2.3 million, up 25.3% sequentially
    – Operating expenses excluding direct mining costs and depreciation down 7.7% year-over-year
    – Held 148.7 Bitcoin on April 30, 2025 valued at approximately $15.5 million, as of May 13, 2025

    TAMPA, Fla., May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — LM Funding America, Inc. (NASDAQ: LMFA) (“LM Funding” or the “Company”), a Bitcoin mining and technology-based specialty finance company, today reported financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Q1’25 Financial Highlights

    • Total revenue for the quarter was $2.4 million dollars, up 19.4% sequentially over Q4 2024 and down 48.9% year-over-year. Bitcoin mining revenue accounted for approximately $2.3 million, reflecting a 25.3% sequential increase and a 50.1% decline year-over-year. The Company mined 24.3 Bitcoins during the quarter, up 12.5% sequentially, at an average price of approximately $93,500. The sequential growth was driven by improved operational efficiency from vertical integration and the LuxOS firmware upgrade. The year-over-year decline was primarily due to the April 2024 halving, lower average hash rate and lower uptime from curtailment.
    • The Company generated approximately $150,000 in curtailment and energy sales for the quarter. These proceeds were an offset to digital mining costs, improving operational efficiency and contributing to the Company’s margin improvements.
    • Mining margin improved to 38.5%, compared with 31.2% in the fourth quarter 2024, driven by the power sales offsetting power costs, increased operational efficiency from the Company’s vertical integration strategy and LuxOS firmware upgrades.
    • Reduced certain operating expenses, including staff costs & payroll, professional fees, SG&A and other operating costs, by 7.7% year-over-year to $2.0 million.
    • Net loss for the quarter was $5.4 million and Core EBITDA1 loss was $2.8 million, both driven by $1.8 million Bitcoin non-cash write down for fair market value of Bitcoin on the balance sheet as of March 31, 2025 and reduced revenue due to a portion of the Company’s machines nonoperational during the quarter.
    • Cash was approximately $1.0 million and Bitcoin holdings totaled 160.2 Bitcoin, valued at $13.2 million based on Bitcoin price of approximately $82,600, as of March 31, 2025.
    • Net book value of LM Funding stockholders’ equity was approximately $31.7 million, or $6.18 per share2, as of March 31, 2025.
    • As of April 30, 2025, the Company held 148.7 Bitcoin, valued at approximately $15.5 million, or $3.01 per share2, based on a Bitcoin price of $104,000 as of May 13, 2025.

    Q1’25 and Recent Operational Highlights

    • Power grid integration strategy: In the first quarter, the Company generated $150,000 in curtailment and energy sales by selling power back to the grid during peak demand periods. This amount was applied as a reduction to digital mining cost of revenue, contributing in part to the improvement in mining margins from 31.2% in the fourth quarter 2024 to 38.5% in the first quarter 2025. The initiative continued to gain momentum, with April 2025 curtailment and energy sales reaching approximately $115,000. This approach allows the Company to maximize the value of its power sites and create a partial hedge against Bitcoin price volatility.
    • Hosting site machine relocation: The Company is in the process of relocating its 800 Bitcoin mining Bitmain S19 XP and S21 machines from a third-party hosting partner to its wholly owned Oklahoma mining facility. This move will provide the company with greater operational control and access to more favorable power rates.
    • Oklahoma 2 MW expansion: The Company is expanding its Oklahoma Bitcoin mining facility with an additional 2 MW of capacity utilizing immersion cooling technology, with construction and energization anticipated to be completed by the end of the third quarter of 2025. This technology enables operations in crowded and harsh environments with access to lower-cost power, while reducing dust, heat, and humidity – supporting more consistent performance, longer equipment lifespan, and improved reliability.

    Management Commentary

    “Our first quarter results demonstrate our progress to build a more resilient and efficient Bitcoin mining operation, with our LuxOS firmware upgrade and power sales initiative driving direct improvements to our bottom line,” commented Bruce Rodgers, Chairman and CEO of LM Funding. “We’re also moving forward with our planned 2 MW expansion at our Oklahoma site, leveraging immersion cooling technology to enhance efficiency and extend the lifespan of our mining equipment. Beyond that, we’re actively pursuing overlooked power sites in the 5 to 20 MW range, while continuing to scale our ability to sell power back to the grid — a program that gained strong momentum, with April’s power sales nearly equaling our first quarter total.”

    Richard Russell, CFO of LM Funding, added, “The financial controls and strategic initiatives we’ve implemented are delivering tangible results. Bitcoin production increased by 12.5% sequentially, and Digital Mining revenue grew 25.3% sequentially to $2.3 million, reflecting the strength of our operational improvements. Our vertical integration strategy continues to enhance mining margins, with our curtailment and energy sales serving as a reduction to mining costs. By strategically managing our balance sheet, adopting a leaner operational model, and optimizing our fleet—through actions such as relocating equipment from hosting partners and selling nonoptimal assets—we’re building a more agile organization, well-positioned to navigate volatility and capitalize on unique opportunities in the Bitcoin mining landscape.”

    Rodgers concluded, “We began our Bitcoin treasury strategy in 2021, and we actively manage our treasury to own as much Bitcoin as possible. Given the recent headlines from other forward-thinking companies, we are exploring potential partnerships and strategic relations to further expand our Bitcoin holdings. We remain bullish on our treasury strategy as we believe it is creating long-term value, particularly given that our Bitcoin holdings are valued at more than 1.5 times our market capitalization.”

    Investor Conference Call

    LM Funding will host a conference call today, May 15, 2025, at 8:00 A.M. Eastern Time to discuss the Company’s financial results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, as well as the Company’s corporate progress and other developments. A copy of this earnings release and investor presentation are available on the Company’s Investor Relations website at https://www.lmfunding.com/investors.  

    Conference Call Details

    • Date: May 15, 2025 
    • Time: 8:00 AM EST 
    • Participant Call Links: 
      • Live Webcast: Link 
      • Participant Call Registration: Link 

    About LM Funding America

    LM Funding America, Inc. (Nasdaq: LMFA), operates as a Bitcoin mining and specialty finance company. The company was founded in 2008 and is based in Tampa, Florida. For more information, please visit https://www.lmfunding.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release may contain forward-looking statements made pursuant to the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” and “project” and other similar words and expressions are intended to signify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future results and conditions but rather are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Some of these risks and uncertainties are identified in the Company’s most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K and its other filings with the SEC, which are available at www.sec.gov. These risks and uncertainties include, without limitation, the risks of operating in the cryptocurrency mining business, our limited operating history in the cryptocurrency mining business and our ability to grow that business, the capacity of our Bitcoin mining machines and our related ability to purchase power at reasonable prices, our ability to identify and acquire additional mining sites, the ability to finance our site acquisitions and cryptocurrency mining operations, our ability to acquire new accounts in our specialty finance business at appropriate prices, changes in governmental regulations that affect our ability to collected sufficient amounts on defaulted consumer receivables, changes in the credit or capital markets, changes in interest rates, and negative press regarding the debt collection industry. The occurrence of any of these risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

    For investor and media inquiries, please contact:

    Investor Relations
    Orange Group
    Yujia Zhai
    lmfundingIR@orangegroupadvisors.com

           
    LM Funding America, Inc. and Subsidiaries Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets
           
      March 31,   December 31,
      2025
    (unaudited)
      2024
           
    Assets      
    Cash $ 1,028,870     $ 3,378,152  
    Digital assets – current (Note 2)   8,231,963       9,021,927  
    Finance receivables   21,910       21,051  
    Marketable securities (Note 5)   18,340       27,050  
    Receivable from sale of Symbiont assets (Note 5)         200,000  
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   899,036       827,237  
    Income tax receivable   31,187       31,187  
    Current assets   10,231,306       13,506,604  
           
    Fixed assets, net (Note 3)   16,377,635       18,376,948  
    Intangible assets, net (Note 3)   5,423,985       5,478,958  
    Deposits on mining equipment (Note 4)   947,348       467,172  
    Long-term investments – equity securities (Note 5)   7,251       4,255  
    Investment in Seastar Medical Holding Corporation (Note 5)   171,810       200,790  
    Digital assets – long-term (Note 2)   5,000,000       5,000,000  
    Right of use assets (Note 7)   888,049       938,641  
    Other assets   73,857       73,857  
    Long-term assets   28,889,935       30,540,621  
    Total assets $ 39,121,241     $ 44,047,225  
           
    Liabilities and stockholders’ equity      
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   1,359,891       989,563  
    Note payable – short-term (Note 6)   361,547       386,312  
    Due to related parties (Note 9)   37,312       15,944  
    Current portion of lease liability (Note 7)   188,763       170,967  
    Total current liabilities   1,947,513       1,562,786  
           
    Note payable – long-term (Note 6)   6,386,609       6,365,345  
    Lease liability – net of current portion (Note 7)   748,054       776,535  
    Long-term liabilities   7,134,663       7,141,880  
    Total liabilities   9,082,176       8,704,666  
           
    Stockholders’ equity (Note 8)      
    Preferred stock, par value $.001; 150,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024          
    Common stock, par value $.001; 350,000,000 shares authorized; 5,133,412 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024   4,602       4,602  
    Additional paid-in capital   102,789,990       102,685,470  
    Accumulated deficit   (71,061,405 )     (65,662,731 )
    Total LM Funding America stockholders’ equity   31,733,187       37,027,341  
    Non-controlling interest   (1,694,122 )     (1,684,782 )
    Total stockholders’ equity   30,039,065       35,342,559  
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 39,121,241     $ 44,047,225  
           
    LM Funding America, Inc. and Subsidiaries Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations
           
      Three months ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    Revenues:      
    Digital mining revenues $ 2,273,940     $ 4,597,908  
    Specialty finance revenue   67,389       116,628  
    Rental revenue   30,008       33,068  
    Total revenues   2,371,337       4,747,604  
    Operating costs and expenses:      
    Digital mining cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)   1,548,295       2,654,946  
    Curtailment and energy sales   (149,686 )      
    Staff costs and payroll   1,050,477       1,243,026  
    Depreciation and amortization   2,037,578       1,976,196  
    Loss (gain) on fair value of Bitcoin, net   1,809,976       (4,257,515 )
    Impairment loss on mining equipment         1,188,058  
    Professional fees   364,485       509,893  
    Selling, general and administrative   309,964       177,906  
    Real estate management and disposal   36,314       27,189  
    Collection costs   17,352       926  
    Settlement costs with associations   3,693        
    Loss on disposal of assets   186,781       8,170  
    Other operating costs   255,948       214,505  
    Total operating costs and expenses   7,471,177       3,743,300  
    Operating income (loss)   (5,099,840 )     1,004,304  
    Unrealized loss on marketable securities   (8,710 )     (2,160 )
    Unrealized gain (loss) on investment and equity securities   (25,984 )     1,350,979  
    Gain (loss) on fair value of purchased Bitcoin, net   (52,704 )     57,926  
    Other income – coupon sales         4,490  
    Interest expense   (220,906 )     (70,826 )
    Interest income   1,145       9,125  
    Income (loss) before income taxes   (5,406,999 )     2,353,838  
    Income tax expense          
    Net income (loss) $ (5,406,999 )   $ 2,353,838  
    Less: loss (gain) attributable to non-controlling interest   8,325       (414,221 )
    Net income (loss) attributable to LM Funding America Inc. $ (5,398,674 )   $ 1,939,617  
           
    Basic income (loss) per common share (Note 1) $ (1.05 )   $ 0.80  
    Diluted income (loss) per common share (Note 1) $ (1.05 )   $ 0.80  
           
    Weighted average number of common shares outstanding      
    Basic   5,133,412       2,428,203  
    Diluted   5,133,412       2,428,203  
           
    LM Funding America, Inc. and Subsidiaries Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
       
      Three months ended March 31,
      2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
    Net income (loss) $ (5,406,999 )   $ 2,353,838  
    Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities      
    Depreciation and amortization   2,037,578       1,976,196  
    Noncash lease expense   50,592       26,043  
    Amortization of debt issue costs   21,264        
    Stock compensation         71,047  
    Stock option expense   110,805       110,804  
    Accrued investment income         (8,568 )
    Accrued interest expense on finance lease   14,710        
    Digital assets other income         (4,490 )
    Loss (gain) on fair value of Bitcoin, net   1,862,680       (4,315,441 )
    Impairment loss on mining machines         1,188,058  
    Unrealized loss on marketable securities   8,710       2,160  
    Unrealized loss (gain) on investment and equity securities   25,984       (1,350,979 )
    Loss on disposal of fixed assets   186,781       8,170  
    Change in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Prepaid expenses and other assets   96,526       1,583,843  
    Repayments to related party   21,368       32,445  
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses   370,328       (22,003 )
    Mining of digital assets   (2,273,940 )     (4,597,908 )
    Lease liability payments   (25,395 )     (25,863 )
    Net cash used in operating activities   (2,899,008 )     (2,972,648 )
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:      
    Net collections of finance receivables – original product   458       (8,238 )
    Net collections of finance receivables – special product   (1,317 )      
    Capital expenditures   (170,073 )      
    Collection of note receivable   200,000       1,449,066  
    Investment in digital assets – tether   (31,420 )      
    Proceeds from sale of Bitcoin   1,204,680       1,296,233  
    Proceeds from the sale of tether   27,964        
    Deposits for mining equipment   (480,176 )     (1,096,961 )
    Distribution to members   (1,015 )      
    Net cash provided by investing activities   749,101       1,640,100  
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:      
    Insurance financing repayments   (193,090 )     (241,917 )
    Issuance costs   (6,285 )      
    Net cash used in financing activities   (199,375 )     (241,917 )
    NET DECREASE IN CASH   (2,349,282 )     (1,574,465 )
    CASH – BEGINNING OF PERIOD   3,378,152       2,401,831  
    CASH – END OF PERIOD $ 1,028,870       827,366  
           

    NON-GAAP CORE EBITDA RECONCILIATION

    Our reported results are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). We also disclose Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) and Core Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization (“Core EBITDA”) which adjusts for unrealized loss (gain) on investment and equity securities, loss on disposal of mining equipment, impairment loss on mining equipment and stock compensation expense and option expense, all of which are non-GAAP financial measures. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to investors because they are widely accepted industry measures used by analysts and investors to compare the operating performance of Bitcoin miners.

    The following tables reconcile net loss, which we believe is the most comparable GAAP measure, to EBITDA and Core EBITDA:

           
      Three months ended March 31,
      2025   2024
           
    Net income (loss) $ (5,406,999 )   $ 2,353,838  
    Income tax expense          
    Interest expense   220,906       70,826  
    Depreciation and amortization   2,037,578       1,976,196  
    Income (loss) before interest, taxes & depreciation $ (3,148,515 )   $ 4,400,860  
    Unrealized loss (gain) on investment and equity securities   25,984       (1,350,979 )
    Loss on disposal of mining equipment   186,781       8,170  
    Impairment loss on mining equipment         1,188,058  
    Stock compensation and option expense   110,805       181,851  
    Core income (loss) before interest, taxes & depreciation $ (2,824,945 )   $ 4,427,960  
           

    _________________
    1 Core EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, and a reconciliation of Core EBITDA to net income can be found below.
    2 Calculated using 5,133,412 shares outstanding as of 12/31/24 from SEC Form 10-K filed March 31, 2025.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: CLIK announces to collaborate with an advanced technology company under the Tencent SSV initiatives, to jointly promote 24-hour instant device service for senior citizens in Hong Kong; and also announces change to board composition

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CLIK will collaborate with Flash Mutual, an advanced technology company under the Tencent SSV initiatives, to jointly promote 24-hour instant device services for senior citizens in Hong Kong
       
    Tencent SSV is an initiative launched by Tencent, a world leading internet and technology company, aiming to leverage its unique digital platform and technology to drive Sustainable Social Value (SSV) globally
       
    CLIK also announces the appointment of Mr. Lam Kai Yuen, Gabi as the new independent director

    Hong Kong, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Today, Click Holdings Limited (NASDAQ: CLIK) (“Click” or the “Company” or “we” or “our”), signed a cooperation agreement with Flash Mutual Technology (International) Company Limited (“Flash Mutual”) in which both parties agreed to jointly promote 24-hour instant device service for senior citizens in Hong Kong.

    Flash Mutual is a national high-tech enterprise headquartered in Guangdong, China. Being an advanced technology partner under the Tencent Sustainable Social Value (“Tencent SSV”) initiatives, Flash Mutual aims to provide integrated digital solutions for the elderly, students, and the disabled by the use of artificial intelligence.

    Tencent SSV is an initiative under Tencent, a world leading internet and technology company, aiming to use its unique digital platform and technology to drive sustainable social value globally and to improve lives of billions of people every day.

    By leveraging the use of AI, instant device service offers round-the-clock smart monitoring for senior citizens to enhance their safety and to provide timely assistance when necessary.

    Together with the government-sponsored Community Care Service Voucher scheme for elderly (CCSV scheme) recently entered into, CLIK expects the partnership to generate significant cross-selling synergies and boost revenue.

    CLIK considers the collaboration as an opportunity to further strengthen its elderly service business, aiming to offer a comprehensive one-stop solution for senior citizens in Hong Kong.

    Change in board composition

    CLIK today announced the appointment of Mr. Lam Kai Yuen as an independent director, a member of the audit committee, compensation committee, nominating committee and corporate governance committee of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), following the resignation of Mr. Moy Yee Wo Matthew as an independent director, the chairman of the audit committee, a member of the compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee of the Board, effective 14 May 2025. Due to personal commitments, Mr. Moy will be re-designated as a consultant, focusing on investor relations, to continue serving the Company and confirmed that there was no disagreement with the Board, the Company or any of its affiliates on any matter relating to the Company’s operations, policies or practices.

    The Board has also approved that Mr. Tse Wah Ping, who has served as an independent director of CLIK since October 2024, will replace Mr. Moy as the chairman of the audit committee of the Board, effective 14 May 2025.

    “We are delighted to welcome Mr. Lam on Board and believe his wealth of experience in management can bring invaluable insights to help guiding the Company ahead.” stated Mr. Chan Chun Sing, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of CLIK. “We are also grateful to Mr. Moy for his services throughout his tenure and look forward to his further contribution in the new role,” continued Mr. Chan.

    Following the aforementioned changes, the Board now consists of four directors, including three independent directors. The audit committee of the Board is comprised of Mr. Tse Wah Ping, Ms. Chik Wai Chun and Mr. Lam Kai Yuen.

    About Click Holdings Limited

    We are a fast-growing human resources solutions provider based in Hong Kong, aiming to match our client’s human resources shortfall through our proprietary AI-empowered talent pool by one “click”. Our key businesses primarily include nursing solution (mainly seniors) services, logistics solution services and professional solution services.

    For more information, please visit https://clicksc.com.hk.

    Safe Harbor Statement

    Certain statements in this announcement are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on the Company’s current expectations and projections about future events that the Company believes may affect its financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. Investors can identify these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent occurring events or circumstances, or changes in its expectations, except as may be required by law. Although the Company believes that the expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot assure you that such expectations will turn out to be correct, and the Company cautions investors that actual results may differ materially from the anticipated results and encourages investors to review other factors that may affect its future results in the Company’s registration statement and other filings with the SEC, which are available for review at www.sec.gov.

    For enquiry, please contact:

    Click Holdings Limited
    Unit 709, 7/F., Ocean Centre
    5 Canton Road
    Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon
    Hong Kong
    Email: jack.wong@jfy.hk
    Phone: +852 2691 8900

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: CRN Recognizes Nine Climb Channel Solutions Employees on the 2025 ‘Women of the Channel’ List and Names Climb CMO Kim Stevens as one of the 2025 Women of the Channel Power 100

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    EATONTOWN, N.J., May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Climb Channel Solutions, an international specialty technology distributor and wholly owned subsidiary of Climb Global Solutions, Inc. (NASDAQ: CLMB), announced Monday, May 13, 2025 that CRN®, a brand of The Channel Company, has named nine women at Climb Channel Solutions to the Women of the Channel list for 2025 and Kim Stevens, the Chief Marketing Officer, to the 2025 Women of the Channel Power 100, an elite subset of prominent leaders selected from the CRN® 2025 Women of the Channel list.

    This annual CRN list celebrates women from vendors, distributors, solution providers and other channel-focused organizations who make a positive difference in the IT ecosystem. The CRN 2025 Women of the Channel honorees are innovative and strategic leaders committed to advancing channel excellence and supporting the success of their partners and customers.

    With this recognition, CRN honors these women leaders for their unwavering dedication and commitment to furthering channel excellence.

    “It’s an honor to recognize the outstanding accomplishments of these women, who are leaders and change-makers in the IT channel,” said Jennifer Follett, VP, U.S. Content and Executive Editor, CRN at The Channel Company. “Each woman spotlighted on this list has shown exceptional dedication to building creative strategies that propel transformation, growth, and success for their organizations and the entire IT channel. We are pleased to spotlight their important contributions and look forward to their future success.”

    Congratulations to:

    • Kim Stevens, Chief Marketing Officer, 2025 Women of the Channel Power 100
    • Danielle Franco, VP of Operations, 2025 Women of the Channel
    • Erin King, Director, Premier Accounts, 2025 Women of the Channel
    • Katie Kunker, Regional Sales Director, Southeast, 2025 Women of the Channel
    • Jessica Lindof, Regional Sales Director, Northeast, 2025 Women of the Channel
    • Jennifer Mish, Director of Corporate Marketing, 2025 Women of the Channel
    • Michelle Boers, Director of National Accounts, 2025 Women of the Channel
    • Sarah Peters, Director of National Alliances, 2025 Women of the Channel
    • Nicole Shanley, Sr. Director of Order Services, 2025 Women of the Channel
    • Sandy DeVico, Director of National Accounts, 2025 Women of the Channel

    “We’re honored to celebrate nine exceptional women recognized on the Women of the Channel list this year—including six repeat awardees—as well as our CMO, Kim Stevens, once again earning a spot on the Power 100. Their impact continues to shape Climb’s growth, demonstrates our commitment to our partners and customers, and reflects our culture of excellence,” said Dale Foster, CEO of Climb Channel Solutions.

    From within this impressive group, the annual Power 100 recognizes some of the most influential women leaders from technology vendors and distributors who consistently contribute their advocacy and expertise to advancing the channel.

    The women on the Power 100 are an inspiration to industry peers and show deep dedication to improving outcomes and opportunities for their own organizations and their partners in the channel ecosystem.  

    Kim Stevens, CMO, Climb said: “I’m grateful to be part of the 2024 Women of the Channel Power 100 list and to work with the amazing nine women celebrated on this list. Being mentioned alongside such inspiring peers is an honor. Climb has created a culture that empowers us to reach our full potential, and every day, I feel fortunate to do what I love with such incredible colleagues.”

    The 2025 Women of the Channel list will be featured in the June issue of CRN Magazine, with online coverage beginning May 12 at www.CRN.com/WOTC.

    Those interested in distribution services and solutions should contact Climb by phone at +1.800.847.7078 (US), or +1.888.523.7777 (Canada), or by email at Sales@ClimbCS.com.

    About Climb Channel Solutions and Climb Global Solutions

    Climb Channel Solutions is a global specialty technology distributor focused on Security, Data Management, Connectivity, Storage & HCI, Virtualization & Cloud, and Software & Application Lifecycle. What sets Climb apart is our commitment to reimagining distribution through a data-driven approach that brings emerging technologies to market faster. We empower our partners with speed to market, flexible financing, real-time quoting, best-of-breed channel operations, and exceptional service—transforming how distribution supports growth and scalability. Climb Channel Solutions is a wholly owned subsidiary of Climb Global Solutions (NASDAQ: CLMB). Experience distribution reimagined and discover how our people-first approach helps VARs and MSPs grow, scale, and accelerate their business. Visit www.ClimbCS.com, call 1-800-847-7078, and connect with us on LinkedIn!

    For Media & PR inquiries contact:
    Climb Channel Solutions
    Media Relations
    media@ClimbCS.com

    Investor Relations Contact:
    Elevate IR
    Sean Mansouri, CFA
    T: 720-330-2829
    CLMB@elevate-ir.com

    About The Channel Company

    The Channel Company (TCC) is the global leader in channel growth for the world’s top technology brands. We accelerate success across strategic channels for tech vendors, solution providers, and end users with premier media brands, integrated marketing and event services, strategic consulting, and exclusive market and audience insights. TCC is a portfolio company of investment funds managed by EagleTree Capital, a New York City-based private equity firm. For more information, visit thechannelco.com.

    Follow The Channel Company: X and LinkedIn

    © 2025. CRN is a registered trademark of The Channel Company, Inc. All rights reserved.

    The Channel Company Contact:
    Kristin DaSilva
    The Channel Company
    kdasilva@thechannelcompany.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Bitdeer Reports Unaudited Financial Results for the First Quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SINGAPORE, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Bitdeer Technologies Group (NASDAQ: BTDR) (“Bitdeer” or the “Company”), a world-leading technology company for Bitcoin mining, today released its unaudited financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Q1 2025 Financial Highlights
    All amounts compared to Q1 2024 unless otherwise noted

    • Total revenue was US$70.1 million vs. US$119.5 million.
    • Cost of revenue was US$73.4 million vs. US$85.4 million.
    • Gross profit was negative US$3.2 million vs. positive US$34.1 million.
    • Net income was US$409.5 million vs. US$0.6 million.
    • Adjusted EBITDA1 was negative US$56.1 million, vs. positive US$27.32 million.
    • Cash and cash equivalents were US$215.6 million as of March 31, 2025.
    • Crypto balance: US$131.1 million as of March 31, 2025.

    Management Commentary

    “This quarter marked the continued execution of our SEALMINER roadmap,” said Matt Kong, Chief Business Officer at Bitdeer. “We have energized 3.7 EH/s and 0.5 EH/s of SEALMINER A1 and SEALMINER A2, respectively, bringing our self-mining hashrate to 12.4 EH/s by the end of April. With our SEALMINER mining rigs quickly coming off the production line and ample global power capacity available, we expect to achieve rapid growth in our self-mining hashrate towards our 40 EH/s target by October 2025. Looking ahead, our R&D efforts are now focused on our SEALMINER A4 project, for which we are targeting an unprecedent chip efficiency of approximately 5 J/TH at the chip level. We believe this new chip design will revolutionize the way Bitcoin mining ASICs are made in the future and tape-out is on track for Q4 2025. We believe SEALMINER A4, along with our 3rd generation chip, will position Bitdeer as the leading supplier of the world’s most energy efficient mining rigs.”

    Mr. Kong concluded, “On the energy front, construction of our global power infrastructure remains on schedule. We expect to have nearly 1.6 GW of available global power capacity by the end of Q2 2025 and 1.8 GW by year-end. As part of our HPC/AI initiative, we engaged Northland Capital Markets in March to serve as our financial advisor for the development of our HPC/AI data center strategy. We have advanced our discussions with development partners and potential end users regarding selected large-scale sites in the U.S. targeted for HPC and AI cloud infrastructure.”

    Operational Summary

    Metrics Three Months Ended Mar 31
      2025 2024
    Total hash rate under management (EH/s) 24.2 22.5
    – Proprietary hash rate 12.1 8.4
    – Self-mining 11.5 6.7
    – Cloud Hash Rate 1.7
    – Delivered but not yet hashing 0.6
    – Hosting 12.1 14.1
    Mining rigs under management 175,000 226,000
    – Self-owned 97,000 86,000
    – Hosted 78,000 140,000
    Bitcoin mined (self-mining only) 350 911
    Bitcoins held 1,156 58
    Total power usage (MWh) 881,000 1,361,000
    Average cost of electricity ($/MWh) 48 43
    Average miner efficiency (J/TH) 29.0 31.7
     

    Power Infrastructure Summary (as of April 30, 2025)

    Site / Location Capacity (MW) Status Timing3
    Electrical capacity      
    – Rockdale, Texas 563 Online Completed
    – Knoxville, Tennessee 86 Online Completed
    – Wenatchee, Washington 13 Online Completed
    – Molde, Norway 84 Online Completed
    – Tydal, Norway 120 Online Completed
    – Gedu, Bhutan 100 Online Completed
    – Jigmeling, Bhutan 132 Online Completed
    Total electrical capacity 1,098    
    Pipeline capacity      
    – Tydal, Norway Phase 2 105 In progress Q2 2025
    – Massillon, Ohio 221 In progress Q3-Q4 2025
    – Clarington, Ohio Phase 1 266 Paused TBD
    – Clarington, Ohio Phase 2 304 Pending approval TBD
    – Jigmeling, Bhutan 368 In progress Q2 2025
    – Rockdale, Texas 179 In planning Estimate 2026
    – Alberta, Canada 99 In planning Q4 2026
    – Oromia Region, Ethiopia 50 In planning Q4 2025
    Total pipeline capacity 1,592    
    Total global electrical capacity 2,690    
     

    Financial MD&A
    All variances are current quarter compared to the same quarter last year. All figures in this section are rounded4.

    Q1 2025 High-Level P&L and Disaggregated Revenue Details:

    US $ in millions Three Months Ended
      March 31, 2025 Dec 31, 2024 March 31, 2024
    Total revenue 70.1 69.0 119.5
    Cost of revenue (73.4) (63.9) (85.4)
    Gross profit/(loss) (3.2) 5.1 34.1
    Net profit/(loss) 409.5 (531.9) 0.6
    Adjusted EBITDA (56.1) (3.8) 27.32
    Cash and cash equivalents 215.6 476.3 118.5
    US $ in millions Three Months Ended Mar 31, 2025
    Business lines Self-Mining Cloud Hash Rate General Hosting Membership Hosting Sales of SEALMINERs
    Revenue 37.2 0.1 9.6 16.3 4.1
    Cost of revenue          
     – Electricity cost in operating mining rigs (24.0) (6.8) (11.4)
     – Depreciation and SBC expenses (13.7) (0.1) (1.5) (2.6)
     – Cost of products sold (3.3)
     – Other cash costs (3.4) (0.9) (1.5)
    Total cost of revenue (41.0) (0.1) (9.1) (15.4) (3.3)
    Gross profit/(loss) (3.8) 0.5 0.9 0.8
    US $ in millions Three Months Ended Mar 31, 2024
    Business lines Self-Mining Cloud Hash Rate General Hosting Membership Hosting Sales of SEALMINERs
    Revenue 48.4 18.1 29.0 19.5
    Cost of revenue          
     – Electricity cost in operating mining rigs (26.2) (5.3) (14.0) (13.1)
     – Depreciation and SBC expenses (8.7) (3.2) (3.0) (2.0)
     – Other cash costs (2.7) (1.0) (1.6) (1.1)
    Total cost of revenue (37.6) (9.6) (18.6) (16.2)
    Gross profit 10.8 8.5 10.3 3.2
     

    Q1 2025 Management’s Discussion and Analysis (compared to Q1 2024)

    Revenue

    • Total revenue was US$70.1 million vs. US$119.5 million.
    • Self-mining revenue was US$37.2 million vs. US$48.4 million, primarily due to the effect of the April 2024 halving and higher global network hashrate, partially offset by the increase in the average self-mining hashrate for the quarter by 44.8% to 9.7 EH/s from 6.7 EH/s last year and higher year-over-year Bitcoin prices.
    • Cloud Hash Rate revenue was US$0.1 million vs. US$18.1 million. The decline was primarily due to expiration of long-term Cloud Hashrate contracts and subsequent reallocation of nearly all machines to self-mining operations by the end of 2024.
    • General Hosting revenue was US$9.6 million vs. US$29.0 million. The decline was primarily due to the expiration of certain hosting customer contracts as well as the removal of older and less efficient machines by other hosting customers following the April 2024 halving as a result of reduced mining economics.
    • Membership Hosting revenue was US$16.3 million vs. US$19.5 million. Similar to general hosting, the decline was primarily driven by customers scaling down operations for older and less efficient rigs following the April 2024 halving as a result of reduced mining economics.
    • SEALMINER sales revenue was US$4.1 million.

    Cost of Revenue

    • Cost of revenue was US$73.4 million vs US$85.4 million. The decrease was primarily driven by lower power usage from hosted mining rigs, partially offset by the increase in costs of SEALMINERs sold to customers and depreciation expenses for SEALMINER launched in our datacenters during Q1 2025.

    Gross Profit and Margin

    • Gross profit was negative US$3.2 million vs. positive US$34.1 million.
    • Gross margin was -4.6% vs. 28.6%.

    Operating Expenses

    • The sum of the operating expenses below was US$75.8 million vs. US$37.8 million.
      • Selling expenses were US$1.4 million vs. US$1.7 million, about flat year-over-year.
      • General and administrative expenses were US$15.4 million vs. US$15.0 million, about flat year-over-year.
      • Research and development expenses were US$59.0 million vs. US$21.2 million, primarily due to higher R&D costs related to the one-off development and tape out costs of SEAL03 chip, higher engineering costs related to the Company’s ASIC development roadmap, and non-cash amortization expenses of intangible assets related to the acquisition of FreeChain in Q4 2024.

    Other Net Gain

    • Other net gain was US$503.1 million primarily due to the non-cash, fair value changes of derivative liabilities, which were the US$448.7 million of gain on fair value changes for the convertible notes issued in August 2024 and November 2024 and the US$58.4 million of gain on fair value changes for the Tether warrants. 

    Net Income

    • Net income was US$409.5 million vs. US$0.6 million.

    Adjusted Profit / (Loss) (Non-IFRS)5

    • Adjusted loss was US$89.8 million vs. adjusted profit of US$9.72 million. The change was primarily due to the year-over-year revenue decline, lower gross profit margins and higher R&D expenses as described above.

    Adjusted EBITDA (Non-IFRS)

    • Adjusted EBITDA was negative US$56.1 million vs. positive US$27.32 million. The decrease was primarily due to the year-over-year revenue decline, lower gross profit margins as a result of the halving and higher R&D expenses as described above.

    Cash Flows

    • Net cash used in operating activities was US$284.0 million, primarily driven by working capital payments to suppliers for SEALMINER mass production.
    • Net cash used in investing activities was US$73.6 million, which included US$45.7 million of capital expenditures for infrastructure construction and mining rigs, US$18.2 million for the purchase of cryptocurrencies, US$21.9 million to acquire the site and gas-fired power project in Alberta, and US$12.3 million of proceeds from disposal of cryptocurrencies from principal business.
    • Net cash generated from financing activities was US$94.9 million, primarily driven by US$118.4 million net proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares and partially offset by US$21.0 million used for share repurchases.

    Capex

    • 2025 power and datacenter infrastructure capex lowered to be in the range of US$260 to US$290 million from prior guidance of US$340 to US$370 million primarily due to the pause of bitcoin-mining infrastructure construction at Bitdeer’s Clarington, Ohio site due to advancing discussions with development partners and potential end users for HPC/AI. This updated range includes reported infrastructure capex in Q1.

    Balance Sheet
    As of March 31, 2025 unless stated otherwise (compared to December 31, 2024)

    • US$215.6 million in cash and cash equivalents, US$131.1 million in cryptocurrencies and US$215.4 million in borrowing.
    • US$381.7 million prepayments and other assets, up from US$310.2 million. Change primarily driven by advanced payments to suppliers for SEALMINER mass volume production.
    • US$153.7 million inventories, up from US$64.9 million. Increase driven by wafers, chips, WIP and finished SEALMINER inventory.
    • US$256.8 million derivative liabilities mainly due to the issuance of warrants to Tether, and convertible senior notes issued in August 2024 and November 2024.

    Further information regarding the Company’s first quarter 2025 financial and operations results can be found on the SEC’s website https://sec.gov and the Company’s Investor Relations website https://ir.bitdeer.com.

    About Bitdeer Technologies Group
    Bitdeer is a world-leading technology company for Bitcoin mining. Bitdeer is committed to providing comprehensive Bitcoin mining solutions for its customers. The Company handles complex processes involved in computing such as equipment procurement, transport logistics, datacenter design and construction, equipment management and daily operations. The Company also offers advanced cloud capabilities to customers with high demand for artificial intelligence. Headquartered in Singapore, Bitdeer has deployed datacenters in the United States, Norway, and Bhutan. To learn more, please visit https://ir.bitdeer.com/ or follow Bitdeer on X @BitdeerOfficial and LinkedIn @ Bitdeer Group.

    Investors and others should note that Bitdeer may announce material information using its website and/or on its accounts on social media platforms, including X, formerly known as Twitter, Facebook, and LinkedIn. Therefore, Bitdeer encourages investors and others to review the information it posts on the social media and other communication channels listed on its website.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    Statements in this press release about future expectations, plans, and prospects, as well as any other statements regarding matters that are not historical facts, may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The words “anticipate,” “look forward to,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Actual results may differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements as a result of various important factors, including factors discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in Bitdeer’s annual report on Form 20-F, as well as discussions of potential risks, uncertainties, and other important factors in Bitdeer’s subsequent filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Any forward-looking statements contained in this press release speak only as of the date hereof. Bitdeer specifically disclaims any obligation to update any forward- looking statement, whether due to new information, future events, or otherwise. Readers should not rely upon the information on this page as current or accurate after its publication date.

    BITDEER GROUP UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
           
      As of March 31,   As of December 31,
    (US $ in thousands) 2025   2024
    ASSETS      
    Current assets      
    Cash and cash equivalents 215,642     476,270  
    Restricted cash 12,107     9,144  
    Cryptocurrencies 131,144     77,537  
    Trade receivables 10,263     9,627  
    Amounts due from a related party 15,810     15,512  
    Prepayments and other assets 335,071     291,929  
    Inventories 153,740     64,888  
    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 4,540     4,540  
    Total current assets  878,317     949,447  
           
    Non-current assets      
    Restricted cash 5,906     8,212  
    Prepayments and other assets 46,652     18,244  
    Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 35,428     37,981  
    Mining rigs 101,581     67,324  
    Right-of-use assets 75,338     69,273  
    Property, plant and equipment 302,210     251,377  
    Investment properties 30,529     30,723  
    Intangible assets 78,303     83,235  
    Goodwill 35,818     35,818  
    Deferred tax assets 8,543     6,220  
    Total non-current assets  720,308     608,407  
    TOTAL ASSETS  1,598,625     1,557,854  
           
    LIABILITIES      
    Current liabilities      
    Trade payables 50,729     31,471  
    Other payables and accruals 38,098     40,617  
    Amounts due to a related party 7,788     8,747  
    Income tax payables 2,437     2,729  
    Derivative liabilities 256,775     763,939  
    Deferred revenue 61,016     39,029  
    Borrowings 215,436     208,127  
    Lease liabilities 6,895     5,460  
    Total current liabilities  639,174     1,100,119  
           
    Non-current liabilities      
    Other payables and accruals 1,786     1,650  
    Deferred revenue 68,449     90,200  
    Lease liabilities 78,846     72,673  
    Deferred tax liabilities 15,721     16,614  
    Total non-current liabilities 164,802     181,137  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES  803,976     1,281,256  
           
    NET ASSETS  794,649     276,598  
           
    EQUITY      
    Share capital *   *
    Treasury equity (181,065 )   (160,926 )
    Accumulated deficit (239,531 )   (649,004 )
    Reserves 1,215,245     1,086,528  
    TOTAL EQUITY 794,649     276,598  
     

    * Amount less than US$1,000

    BITDEER GROUP UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
           
       Three months ended March 31, 
    (US $ in thousands) 2025   2024
           
    Revenue 70,128     119,506  
    Cost of revenue (73,353 )   (85,375 )
    Gross profit / (loss) (3,225 )   34,131  
    Selling expenses (1,393 )   (1,690 )
    General and administrative expenses (15,389 )   (14,969 )
    Research and development expenses (59,014 )   (21,164 )
    Other operating income / (expenses) (7,789 )   1,746  
    Other net gain 503,050     2,447  
    Profit from operations 416,240     501  
    Finance income / (expenses) (9,343 )   151  
    Profit before taxation 406,897     652  
    Income tax benefit / (expenses) 2,576     (46 )
    Profit for the period 409,473     606  
    Other comprehensive income      
    Income for the period 409,473     606  
    Other comprehensive income for the period    
    Item that may be reclassified to profit or loss      
    Exchange differences on translation of financial statements 166     32  
    Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 166     32  
    Total comprehensive income for the period 409,639     638  
           
    Earnings / (loss) per share (in US$)      
    Basic 2.15     0.01  
    Diluted (0.37 )   0.01  
    Weighted average number of shares outstanding (thousand shares)
    Basic 190,199     114,843  
    Diluted 228,561     117,041  
               
    BITDEER GROUP UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
           
      Three months ended March 31,
    (US $ in thousands) 2025   2024
           
    Cash flows from operating activities      
    Cash used in operating activities: (280,889 )   (132,867 )
    Interest paid on leases (702 )   (652 )
    Interest paid on borrowings (4,493 )   (465 )
    Interest received 2,724     1,813  
    Income tax paid (628 )    
    Net cash used in operating activities  (283,988 )   (132,171 )
           
    Cash flows from investing activities      
    Purchase of property, plant and equipment, investment properties and intangible assets (44,770 )   (29,615 )
    Purchase of mining rigs (955 )   (1,560 )
    Purchase of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (132 )   (992 )
    Purchase of cryptocurrencies (18,159 )    
    Proceeds from disposal of cryptocurrencies 12,283     90,380  
    Cash paid for the site and gas-fired power project in Alberta, Canada (21,870 )    
    Net cash generated from / (used in) investing activities  (73,603 )   58,213  
           
    Cash flows from financing activities      
    Capital element of lease rentals paid (1,942 )   (1,338 )
    Proceeds from issuance of shares for exercise of share rewards 530     37  
    Proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares, net of transaction costs 118,403     49,931  
    Payment for the future issuance cost     (303 )
    Acquisition of treasury shares (21,010 )    
    Payment for transaction costs in connection with convertible senior notes (1,119 )    
    Net cash generated from financing activities  94,862     48,327  
           
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents  (262,729 )   (25,631 )
    Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 476,270     144,729  
    Effect of movements in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents held 2,101     (637 )
    Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 215,642     118,461  
     

    Use of Non-IFRS Financial Measures
    In evaluating the Company’s business, the Company considers and uses non-IFRS measures, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted profit / (loss), as supplemental measures to review and assess its operating performance. The Company defines adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude share-based payment expenses under IFRS 2, changes in fair value of derivative liabilities, and changes in fair value of cryptocurrency-settled receivables and payables, and defines adjusted profit/(loss) as profit/(loss) adjusted to exclude share-based payment expenses under IFRS 2, changes in fair value of derivative liabilities, and changes in fair value of cryptocurrency-settled receivables and payables.

    The Company presents these non-IFRS financial measures because they are used by its management to evaluate its operating performance and formulate business plans. The Company also believes that the use of these non-IFRS measures facilitate investors’ assessment of its operating performance. These measures are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, investors should not consider these measures in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, the Company’s profit or loss for the periods, as determined in accordance with IFRS. The Company compensates for these limitations by reconciling these non-IFRS financial measures to the nearest IFRS performance measure, all of which should be considered when evaluating its performance. The Company encourages investors to review its financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

    The following table presents a reconciliation of profit/(loss) for the relevant period to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted profit/ (loss), for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.

    BITDEER GROUP UNAUDITED NON-IFRS ADJUSTED EBITDA AND ADJUSTED PROFIT / (LOSS) RECONCILIATION
           
      Three months ended March 31,
    (US $ in thousands) 2025   2024
    Adjusted EBITDA      
    Profit for the period 409,473     606  
    Add      
    Depreciation and amortization 25,387     18,187  
    Income tax (benefit) / expenses (2,576 )   46  
    Interest (income) / expense, net 10,880     (608 )
    Share-based payment expenses 10,404     7,803  
    Changes in fair value of derivative liabilities (507,162 )    
    Changes in fair value of cryptocurrency-settled receivables and payables (2,551 )   1,305  
    Total of Adjusted EBITDA (56,145 )   27,3392  
           
    Adjusted Profit / (loss)      
    Profit for the period 409,473     606  
    Add      
    Share-based payment expenses 10,404     7,803  
    Changes in fair value of derivative liabilities (507,162 )    
    Changes in fair value of cryptocurrency-settled receivables and payables (2,551 )   1,305  
    Total of Adjusted Profit / (loss) (89,836 )   9,7142  
     

    For investor and media inquiries, please contact:

    Investor Relations
    Yujia Zhai
    Orange Group
    bitdeerIR@orangegroupadvisors.com

    Public Relations
    Nishant Sharma
    BlocksBridge Consulting
    bitdeer@blocksbridge.com

    ____________________________
    1
    “Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to exclude share-based payment expenses under IFRS 2, changes in fair value of derivative liabilities, and changes in fair value of cryptocurrency-settled receivables and payables.
    2 During the current period, we revised definition of our previously reported non-IFRS Adjusted Profit and Adjusted EBITDA and recast the prior period for comparability. This revision, which resulted in a US$1.3 million revision to Q1 2024 metrics, reflects non-cash fair value changes in cryptocurrency-settled receivables and payables as they do not represent normal operating expenses (or income) necessary to operate our business.
    3 Indicative timing. All timing references are to calendar quarters and years.
    4 Figures may not add due to rounding.
    5 “Adjusted profit/(loss)” is defined as profit/(loss) adjusted to exclude share-based payment expenses under IFRS 2, changes in fair value of derivative liabilities, and changes in fair value of cryptocurrency-settled receivables and payables.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Next Hydrogen Reports Q1 2025 Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    MISSISSAUGA, Ontario, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Next Hydrogen Solutions Inc. (the “Company” or “Next Hydrogen”) (TSXV:NXH, OTC:NXHSF), a designer and manufacturer of electrolyzers, is pleased to report its financial results for the three-month period ended March 31, 2025.

    “The value proposition offered by our unique water electrolyzers is clear and well supported by over 40,000 hours of data. This has resulted in partnerships with blue chip industry partners such as Casale, GE Vernova and Pratt & Whitney,” said Raveel Afzaal, President & CEO. “The focus for 2025 is to (1) scale up our product line up to 8MW, (2) demonstrate a strong execution pathway for large volume manufacturing, and (3) show further and significant growth in our sales backlog. We are executing well on all three of these goals which should unlock long-term funding solutions for Next Hydrogen.”  

    Q1 2025 Financial Highlights

    • Cash balance was $1.5M as of March 31, 2025, compared to $3.5M as of December 31, 2024.
    • Revenue for the three-month period ended March 31, 2025 was $0.3M compared to $0.6M in the same period of the prior year.
    • Net loss and comprehensive loss for the three-month period ended March 31, 2025 was $3M compared to $3.4M in the same period of the prior year.

    Management is proud to highlight several recent milestones that demonstrate significant recent progress:

    • In April 2025, Next Hydrogen received a $5M working capital debt facility from the Export Development Canada (“EDC”), of which approximately $3M has been received in cash and the remaining $2M is expected later in the year. Next Hydrogen intends to use the funds for its scale up and general corporate purposes.
    • Next Hydrogen has achieved over 40,000 hours of data on its test platform driving the significant improvement in cell performance achieved to date.
    • In March 2025, Next Hydrogen partnered with a leading hydrogen production system manufacturer with an existing gigawatt scale manufacturing facility to accelerate the scale-up and commercialization of its water electrolysis technology. This partnership provides Next Hydrogen with world-leading manufacturing capacity and competitively positions it to bid on large-scale projects globally starting in 2026. Next Hydrogen will continue to maintain control over intellectual property and electrolyzer design. The Company also aims to further expand its Canadian operations to ensure flexible supply chain and production that aligns with evolving clean energy policies, driving global green hydrogen adoption.
    • In March 2025, Next Hydrogen received ISO 9001-2015 and ISO 45001-2018 certifications for its 6610 Edwards Boulevard site in Mississauga, Canada. This demonstrates and certifies Next Hydrogen’s standardized quality systems, health and safety management systems, supplier selection processes, and continuous improvement processes. These certifications show that the Company has an efficient operating system capable of scaling to support its expanding customer base.
    • In March 2025, the Company appointed Adarsh Mehta to the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). Ms. Mehta filled the vacancy on the Board resulting from the resignation of Mr. Matthew Fairlie, who resigned from the Board effective January 15, 2025. Ms. Mehta is VP of Business Development at Jenner Renewable Consulting, with 22 years of experience in renewable energy, leading technical reviews, due diligence, and development for over 2,500MW of wind and solar projects in the Americas. She served on the Canadian Wind Energy Association’s Board from 2008 to 2015 and was Chairperson in 2011. Her extensive expertise in renewable energy and project development is crucial for the Company’s growth.
    • As of December 2024, the Company closed a private placement offering (the “Offering”) and received unsecured convertible debentures (each, a “Debenture”) consisting of about $2.7M principal amount of Debentures. Next Hydrogen intends to use the proceeds of the Offering to invest in its scale-up efforts and for general corporate purposes.
    • In November 2024, Next Hydrogen and Pratt & Whitney announced a collaboration to demonstrate the use of hydrogen in aircraft engines as an enabler for reducing CO2 emissions. This project is partially funded by Canada’s Initiative for Sustainable Aviation Technology (“INSAT”) and will accelerate the Company’s efforts towards high efficiency, low-cost electrolyzers which are needed for establishing hydrogen production infrastructure for aviation fuel.
    • In October 2024, the Company successfully completed a durability test of its second-generation water electrolyzer technology (“GEN2”) electrolysis cells used in the efficient production of green hydrogen. The GEN2 cells will be deployed in Next Hydrogen electrolyzers at customer sites for commercial operation. Next Hydrogen previously reported that it has achieved its energy efficiency targets cell performance of 1.90 V/cell at 1 A/cm2 and 70°C for its GEN2 water electrolyzer technology which exceeded the reported US Department of Energy (“DOE”) technical targets status for energy efficiency. The GEN2 performance achievement has positioned the Company to being the industry leader in electrolysis cell performance.
    • In September 2024, the Company successfully completed an extended Factory Acceptance Test for its GEN2 electrolysis cells. The Company plans to commission the system at an external reference site for market demonstration in 2025.
    • In August 2024, the Company was awarded a contract by the University of Minnesota (“UMN”) for its latest generation electrolysis technology to be installed at the UMN West Central Research and Outreach Center (“WCROC”). The WCROC project is supported by the U.S. Department of Energy’s Advanced Research Project Agency (“ARPA-E”) as well as other partners including RTI International (“RTI”) and will include technologies from Casale SA, RTI, UMN, Nutrien and Shell to demonstrate the production of ammonia from renewable energy targeting emerging energy markets and existing agricultural markets. Next Hydrogen will be supplying its latest third-generation Alkaline Water Electrolyzers featuring further advancements in energy efficiency, current density and operating pressure.

    For a more detailed discussion of Next Hydrogen’s first quarter results, please see the Company’s financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis, which are available on the Company’s website at nexthydrogen.com or on SEDAR+ at www.sedarplus.ca.

    In addition, to better understand our achievements from 2024 and the outlook for 2025, please refer to the CEO letter included in the 2024 year-end MD&A.

    About Next Hydrogen

    Founded in 2007, Next Hydrogen is a designer and manufacturer of electrolyzers that use water and electricity as inputs to generate clean hydrogen for use as an energy source. Next Hydrogen’s unique cell design architecture supported by 40 patents enables high current density operations and superior dynamic response to efficiently convert intermittent renewable electricity into green hydrogen on an infrastructure scale. Following successful pilots, Next Hydrogen is scaling up its technology to deliver commercial solutions to decarbonize industrial and transportation sectors.

    Contact Information

    Raveel Afzaal, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Next Hydrogen Solutions Inc.
    Email: rafzaal@nexthydrogen.com
    Phone: 647-961-6620

    www.nexthydrogen.com

    Cautionary Statements

    This news release contains “forward-looking information” and “forward-looking statements”. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements and are based on expectations, estimates and projections as at the date of this news release. Any statement that involves discussions with respect to predictions, expectations, beliefs, plans, projections, objectives, assumptions, future events or performance (often but not always using phrases such as “expects”, or “does not expect”, “is expected”, “anticipates” or “does not anticipate”, “plans”, “budget”, “scheduled”, “forecasts”, “estimates”, “believes” or “intends” or variations of such words and phrases or stating that certain actions, events or results “may” or “could”, “would”, “might” or “will” be taken to occur or be achieved) are not statements of historical fact and may be forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are necessarily based upon a number of estimates and assumptions that, while considered reasonable, are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors which may cause the actual results and future events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, but are not limited to: the risks associated with the hydrogen industry in general; delays or changes in plans with respect to infrastructure development or capital expenditures; cell efficiency targets; expected order sizes for the product line; customer relationships and customer terms for testing of products at a customer site; the ability of the Corporation to optimize energy efficiencies; the Corporation’s available resources to double its growing backlog; uncertainty with respect to the timing of any contemplated transactions or partnerships, or whether such contemplated transactions or partnerships will be completed at all; whether the uncertainty of estimates and projections relating to costs and expenses; failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals; health, safety and environmental risks; uncertainties resulting from potential delays or changes in plans with respect to infrastructure developments or capital expenditures; currency exchange rate fluctuations; as well as general economic conditions, stock market volatility; and the ability to access sufficient capital. There can be no assurance that such statements will prove to be accurate, as actual results and future events could differ materially from those anticipated in such statements. Accordingly, readers should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements and information contained in this news release. Except as required by law, there will be no obligation to update the forward-looking statements of beliefs, opinions, projections, or other factors, should they change.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Sumanth Channabasappa Brings Industry-Defining Technology Expertise to Vetty

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Vetty, the one-stop shop hiring acceleration platform, announced that Sumanth Channabasappa has joined the company effective May 5, 2025.

    An entrepreneur, growth strategist, product and technology leader and venture capitalist, Channabasappa brings deep expertise in emerging technologies, including real-time communications, cybersecurity, cloud computing, AI and frontier platforms to Vetty. With over 50 patents and international publications to his credit, Channabasappa is known for driving innovation and reshaping global markets through his work.

    As a venture investor, Channabasappa evaluated over 800 scale-ups annually to identify breakthrough technologies and high-impact opportunities for seed to Series A/B investments. In addition, he has advised numerous growth-stage companies and mentored hundreds of startups and entrepreneurs across North America, Europe and Asia, helping boards and CEOs navigate disruption, leverage frontier technologies and effectively scale businesses while building an enduring competitive advantage.

    “Sumanth’s background speaks for itself. Between his work on the product side and his understanding of market needs, he is able to take technologies and turn them into industry-leading solutions with global reach,” said Vetty CEO Jason Putnam. “Along with his expertise, Sumanth brings energy, inspiration and innovation to the Vetty team as we continue to charge forward.”

    Channabasappa commented, “Having spent much of my career building technologies at national and global scales, I know an interesting opportunity when I see one, and that’s Vetty. There’s real excitement here – smart people, bold ideas and the ambition to keep growing. It’s a great time to join this exceptional team and draw on my own experience as Vetty scales.”

    ABOUT VETTY
    Vetty is a one-stop shop hiring acceleration platform where companies can expeditiously complete their screening, credentialing, hiring and onboarding of prospective candidates. Companies count on Vetty to accelerate the time from offer to active and deliver clearly measurable ROI. Learn more at https://vetty.co.

    Note to editors: Trademarks and registered trademarks referenced herein remain the property of their respective owners.

    Media Contact:
    Kate Achille
    The Devon Group for Vetty
    kate@devonpr.com  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Salary.com Brings Compensation Technology Insights to WorldatWork Total Rewards ‘25

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WALTHAM, Mass., May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) —

    WHO:     Salary.com, a leading provider of compensation market data and software
           
    WHAT:     Will exhibit and present compensation insights during WorldatWork Total Rewards ‘25.
           
    WHEN:     The conference will take place from Monday, May 19, to Wednesday, May 21, 2025.
    The Salary.com team will present two sessions on Tuesday, May 20, 2025:

    “Using Predictive Analytics to Forecast Compensation” at 11:30 a.m. ET

    “Turning Merit Lemons into Limoncello” at 3:15 p.m. ET

           
    WHERE:     Orange County Convention Center
    West Concourse
    9800 International Drive
    Orlando, Fla.

    Salary.com will exhibit in Booth No. 825.

    For event information, including registration,
    visit https://totalrewards.worldatwork.org/2025.


    DETAILS:

    For today’s compensation teams, labor costs can seem beyond control. But the landscape is shifting, and with the rise of technological advancements, new possibilities are emerging. During WorldatWork Total Rewards ’25, the team from Salary.com will present two sessions to help attendees understand the latest compensation strategies and solutions.

    “Using Predictive Analytics to Forecast Compensation”

    On Tuesday, May 20, at 11:30 a.m. ET, Luke Corby, CCP, Director, Professional Services at Salary.com, will show how AI and expanding data sources are transforming compensation, empowering these teams and enabling them to drive value like never before. Corby will demonstrate how attendees can use AI to forecast compensation trends, identify the best and worst hiring windows for key roles and create highly accurate labor cost budgets. Attendees will learn the key elements of this model and develop a deeper appreciation for the changes coming to the world of compensation.

    “Turning Merit Lemons into Limoncello”

    Later that day at 3:15 p.m. ET, Sean Luitjens, VP of Product Strategy at Salary.com, will participate in a second panel discussion on maximizing budget effectiveness. Along with Nicole Long, Director, Human Resources and President of Atlanta Area Comp Association, State of Georgia, Rebecca McConnell, Director of Compensation, Minolta and Brad Robinson, Compensation Director, MasTec, Luitjens will explore how technology and innovative strategies can support equitable and impactful rewards for top performers. The session will also share best practices for addressing pay equity, making market adjustments and rewarding performance using tools like company stock.

    In addition to its thought leadership, Salary.com will showcase its solutions in Booth No. 825. Attendees are encouraged to stop by for product demonstrations and more information. To register for WorldatWork Total Rewards ’25, visit https://totalrewards.worldatwork.org/2025.

    About Salary.com
    Salary.com has been helping organizations with human capital needs for over 25 years. The company leads the industry in compensation data, software, and services. More than 30,000 organizations in 30+ countries use Salary.com’s solutions to hire and retain talent and compete in a changing world. Salary.com provides over 10 billion data points across over 225 industries using a proprietary AI framework to ensure fair pay. The company’s main product, CompAnalyst®, helps organizations simplify hiring, reduce guesswork, and increase retention. Employee trust depends on fair pay, and Salary.com helps get it right. For additional information, please visit www.salary.com/business.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Marex Group plc announces strong results for first quarter of 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    NEW YORK, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Marex Group plc (‘Marex’ or the ‘Group’; Nasdaq: MRX) a diversified global financial services platform, providing essential liquidity, market access and infrastructure services to clients in the energy, commodities and financial markets, today reported financial results for the first quarter (‘Q1 2025’).

    Ian Lowitt, Group Chief Executive Officer, stated, “Robust levels of client activity across our businesses and positive market conditions led to a strong performance in the first quarter of the year. Adjusted profit before tax grew 42% year-on-year, driven by strong revenue growth in all our business segments. This reflects the continued successful execution of our strategy to expand our geographic footprint and product capabilities, growing our client base, increasing diversification and driving greater earnings resilience. In early April, we experienced some very high-volume days which we processed successfully, reflecting the operational resilience of our platform. We maintained record levels of liquidity and remained disciplined in managing our risk while supporting our clients. We were also delighted with the strong demand from investors for our second follow-on equity offering in challenging markets, further increasing our public float, as well as another successful debt issuance, further diversifying our sources of funding and increasing our liquidity position.”

    Financial and Operational Highlights:

    • Strong Q1 performance: Robust client activity and positive market conditions drove 42% growth in Adjusted Profit before Tax1 to $96.3 million
    • Revenue increased by 28% to $467.3m with strong revenue growth across all our business segments
      • Agency and Execution in particular increased revenue by 42% to $239.5m, driven by growth in Securities revenues across asset classes and continued build-out of Prime Services, as well as strong growth in the Energy business
    • April market conditions: At the start of April, we experienced highly elevated volumes which have since returned to more normalised levels. Our ability to process these volumes demonstrates the operational resilience of the firm and scalability of our platform. We also maintained record levels of liquidity and remained disciplined in managing our risk while supporting our clients
    • Executed growth strategy: Aarna Capital acquisition completed at the end of March, growing our Clearing presence in the Middle East, as we continued to diversify our platform and drive greater earnings resilience
    • Successful secondary equity placement: Significantly oversubscribed transaction resulted in existing shareholders placing an upsized 11.8 million shares with institutional investors in April, further increasing public float to approximately 70%
    • Prudent approach to capital and funding: Successfully issued $500 million 3-year senior unsecured notes in May, further diversifying our funding sources while maintaining a strong capital and liquidity position
    • Dividend: Q1 2025 dividend increased to $0.15 per share, to be paid in the second quarter of 2025
    Financial Highlights: ($m)   3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024   Change
                 
    Revenue   467.3   365.8   28%
    Profit Before Tax   98.0   58.9   66%
    Profit Before Tax Margin (%)   21%   16%   500 bps
    Profit After Tax   72.5   43.6   66%
    Profit After Tax Margin (%)   16%   12%   400 bps
    Return on Equity (%)   29%   23%   600 bps
    Basic Earnings per Share ($)2   0.98   0.60   63%
    Diluted Earnings per Share ($)2   0.92   0.56   64%
                 
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax1   96.3   67.7   42%
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin (%)1   21%   19%   200 bps
    Adjusted Profit after Tax            
    Attributable to Common Equity1   68.2   48.9   39%
    Adjusted Return on Equity (%)1   30%   29%   100 bps
    Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share ($)1,2   0.97   0.74   31%
    Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share ($)1,2   0.91   0.69   32%
    1. These are non-IFRS financial measures. See Appendix 1 “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators” for additional information and for a reconciliation of each such non-IFRS measure to its most directly comparable IFRS measure. The Group changed the labelling of its non-IFRS measures during 2024 to better align to the equivalent IFRS reported metric and enhance transparency and comparability.
    2. Weighted average number of shares have been restated as applicable for the Group’s reverse share split (refer to Appendix 1 for further detail).
         
      Conference Call Information:
    Marex’s management will host a conference call to discuss the Group’s financial results today, 15 May 2025, at 9am Eastern Time. A live webcast of the call can be accessed from Marex’s Investor Relations website. An archived version will be available on the website after the call. To participate in the Conference Call, please register at the link here: https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/zudci4bx/

    Enquiries please contact:
    Marex
    Investors – Adam Strachan
    +1 914 200 2508 / astrachan@marex.com

    Media – Nicola Ratchford, Marex / FTI Consulting US / UK
    +44 7786 548 889 / nratchford@marex.com / +1.716.525.7239/ +44 7976870961
    | marex@fticonsulting.com

     
         


    Financial Review

    The following table presents summary financial results and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated:

    Summary Financial Results

        3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024    
        $m   $m   Change
    – Net commission income   250.7   218.9   15%
    – Net trading Income   159.1   106.2   50%
    – Net interest income   53.4   35.6   50%
    – Net physical commodities income   4.1   5.1   (20)%
    Revenue   467.3   365.8   28%
                 
    Compensation and benefits   (291.7)   (229.9)   27%
    Depreciation and amortisation   (7.9)   (7.8)   1%
    Other expenses   (73.8)   (69.6)   6%
    Provision for credit losses     0.3   n.m.2
    Bargain purchase gain on acquisitions   3.4     n.m.2
    Other income   0.7   0.1   600%
    Profit Before Tax   98.0   58.9   66%
    Tax   (25.5)   (15.3)   67%
    Profit After Tax   72.5   43.6   66%
    Reconciliation to Adjusted Profit Before Tax1            
    Profit Before Tax   98.0   58.9   66%
    Bargain purchase gain   (3.4)     n.m.2
    Acquisition related costs     0.2   n.m.2
    Amortisation of acquired brands and customer lists   1.3   0.8   63%
    Activities relating to shareholders     2.4   n.m.2
    Owner fees   0.4   1.7   (76)%
    IPO preparation and public offering of ordinary shares     3.7   n.m.2
    Adjusting items   (1.7)   8.8   (119)%
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax1   96.3   67.7   42%
    1. These are non-IFRS financial measures. See Appendix 1 “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators” for additional information and for a reconciliation of each such non-IFRS measure to its most directly comparable IFRS measure.
    2. n.m. = not meaningful to present as a percentage.

    Costs and Group Headcount

    The Board and Senior Management also monitor costs split between Front Office Costs and Control and Support Costs to better understand the Group’s performance. The table below provides the Group’s management view of costs:

        3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024    
        $m   $m   Change
    Front office costs1   (258.4)   (210.1)   23%
    Control and support costs1   (106.8)   (80.6)   33%
    Total   (365.2)   (290.7)   26%

    1) Management review Front Office Costs and Control and Support Costs when assessing Adjusted Profit Before Tax performance. These costs are included within compensation and benefits, other expenses and depreciation and amortisation in the Statutory Income Statement provided above.

    The following table provides a breakdown of Front Office and Control and Support Headcount

    Full Time Equivalent (‘FTE’) headcount1 31 March 2025   31 March 2024       31 March 2025   31 March 2024    
      Average   Average   Change   End of Period   End of Period   Change
    Front office 1,284   1,236   4%   1,288   1,250   3%
    Control and support 1,183   1,015   17%   1,215   1,030   18%
    Total 2,467   2,251   10%   2,503   2,280   10%

    1) For analysis purposes, average headcount is used in the performance commentary outlined below.

    Performance for the three months ended 31 March 2025

    Revenue grew by 28% to $467.3m (Q1 2024: $365.8m) with strong growth across all business segments, as we continue to diversify our platform and drive greater earnings resilience. This growth was driven by robust client activity and positive market conditions.

    Net commission income increased by 15% to $250.7m (Q1 2024: $218.9m). The growth was driven by Agency and Execution, which grew 22% to $182.9m (Q1 2024: $150.5m) reflecting a strong performance in Securities and Energy, supported by record transaction volumes.

    Net trading income increased by 50% to $159.1m (Q1 2024: $106.2m). The growth was driven by a $40.8m increase in Agency and Execution to $49.9m (Q1 2024: $9.1m), mainly due to Rates, FX and Equities. The most significant contribution came from the continued build-out of our Prime Services capabilities, which grew by $33.4m, including growth in our securities based swaps offering. In addition, Net trading income in our Market Making segment increased by $10.7m to $54.9m (Q1 2024: $44.2m) driven by growth in all asset classes.

    Net interest income increased by 50% to $53.4m (Q1 2024: $35.6m) reflecting $5.8bn growth in average balances to $17.1bn, which more than offset lower average Fed Funds rates compared to Q1 2024.

    Front office costs increased by 23% to $258.4m (Q1 2024: $210.1m), predominantly reflecting higher compensation costs on strong revenue performance across the Group. Front office headcount growth reflected restructuring activity in Agency and Execution and reallocation of FTE from front office to control and support in Q2 2024. Excluding these, average front office FTE headcount grew by 11% year on year.

    Control and support costs increased by 33% to $106.8m (Q1 2024: $80.6m). This was primarily driven by investment in technology to support automation and business growth, as well as investments in our finance, risk, and compliance functions to support our controlled growth and development as a public company. This also included specific investments relating to acquisitions and our compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley.

    Reported Profit Before Tax increased by 66% to $98.0m (Q1 2024: $58.9m), driven by strong revenue growth and improved operating margins.

    Adjusting items reduced by $10.5m to $(1.7)m (Q1 2024: $ 8.8m). These costs are primarily related to corporate activities and are recognised within our Corporate segment. Adjusting items reduced mainly due to IPO-related costs and owner fees in Q1 2024, as well as a bargain purchase gain on an acquisition in Q1 2025.

    As a result of the revenue and cost trends noted above, Adjusted Profit Before Tax1 increased by 42% to $96.3m (Q1 2024: $67.7m) and Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin1 improved to 21% (Q1 2024: 19%), while Profit After Tax Margin increased to 16% (Q1 2024: 12%).

    1. These are non-IFRS financial measures. See Appendix 1 “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators” for additional information and for a reconciliation of each such non-IFRS measure to its most directly comparable IFRS measure.
        3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024   Change
    Average Fed Funds rate   4.3%   5.3%   (100)bps
    Average balances ($bn)1   17.1   11.3   5.8
    Interest income ($m)   178.9   147.3   31.6
    Interest paid out ($m)   (59.6)   (60.9)   1.3
    Interest on balances ($m)   119.3   86.4   32.9
    Net yield on balances   2.8%   3.1%   (30)bps
    Average notional debt securities ($bn)   (4.1)   (2.5)   (1.6)
    Yield on debt securities %   6.6%   8.1%   (150)bps
    Interest expense ($m)   (65.9)   (50.8)   (15.1)
    Net Interest Income ($m)   53.4   35.6   17.8
    1. Average balances are calculated using an average of the daily holdings in exchanges, banks and other investments over the period. Previously, average balances were calculated as the average month end amount of segregated and non-segregated client balances that generated interest income over a given period.

    Segmental performance

    Clearing

    Marex provides clearing services across the range of energy, commodity and financial markets. We face the exchange on behalf of our clients providing access to 60 exchanges globally.

    Performance for the three months ended 31 March 2025

    Clearing performed well with revenue increasing 18% to $119.2m (Q1 2024: $100.7m). This was driven by net interest income which rose by $18.2m to $48.4m (Q1 2024: $30.2m) reflecting higher average balances as we continued to add new clients, more than offsetting lower average Fed Funds rates compared to Q1 2024. Net commission income reduced by 2%, $1.7m, as positive performance in energy and metals was offset by lower levels of activity in agriculture, which benefited from higher volatility in Q1 2024 relative to Q1 2025.

    Adjusted Profit Before Tax1 increased by 14% to $56.6m (Q1 2024: $49.8m). Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin1 decreased by 200 bps to 47% (Q1 2024: 49%).

        3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024    
        $m   $m   Change
    Net commission income   67.8   69.5   (2%)
    Net interest income   48.4   30.2   60%
    Net trading income   3.0   1.0   200%
    Revenue   119.2   100.7   18%
    Front office costs   (42.2)   (33.5)   26%
    Control and support costs   (20.3)   (17.3)   17%
    Depreciation and amortisation   (0.1)   (0.1)   —%
                 
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax ($m)1   56.6   49.8   14%
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin1   47%   49%   (200)bps
                 
    Front office headcount (No.)2   273   266   3%
                 
        12 months ended 31 March 2025   12 months ended 31 March 2024   Change
    Contracts cleared (m)   1,161   913   27%
    Market volumes (m)3   11,891   10,194   17%
    1. These are non-IFRS financial measures. See Appendix 1 “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators” for additional information and for a reconciliation of each such non-IFRS measure to its most directly comparable IFRS measure.
    2. The headcount is the average for the period. Management have re-assessed headcount for Clearing and Market Making and re-allocated for Q1 25 and Q1 24.
    3. On a twelve month rolling basis.

    Agency and Execution

    Agency and Execution provides essential liquidity and execution services to our clients primarily in the energy and financial securities markets.

    Our energy division provides essential liquidity to clients by connecting buyers and sellers in the OTC energy markets to facilitate price discovery. We have leading positions in many of the markets we operate in, including key gas and power markets in Europe; environmental, petrochemical and crude markets in North America; and fuel oil, LPG (liquefied petroleum gas) and middle distillates globally. We achieve this through the breadth and depth of the service we offer to customers, including market intelligence for each product we transact in, based on the extensive knowledge and experience of our teams.

    Our presence in the financial markets is growing as we integrate and optimise recent acquisitions, enabling Marex to diversify its asset class coverage away from traditional commodity markets. We are starting to see a maturation of our offering across all asset classes, contributing to enhanced revenue growth and margin expansion for the overall business.

    Performance for the three months ended 31 March 2025

    Revenue increased by 42% to $239.5m (Q1 2024: $168.1m). Securities revenues, increased by $56.1m to $151.0m (Q1 2024: $94.9m) driven by growth in all asset classes from a significant increase in transaction volumes. The most significant contribution came from the continued build out of our Prime Services offering, including growth in securities based swaps. This was supplemented further by strong growth in our Energy business where revenues increased by $15.0m to $88.2m (Q1 2024: $73.2m), reflecting a combination of record volumes, good demand for our environmentals offering and the benefit of our bolt-on acquisitions.

    Adjusted Profit Before Tax1 increased by 152% to $56.7m (Q1 2024: $22.5m) while Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin1 increased to 24% (Q1 2024: 13%) The margin improvement was driven by the benefit from restructuring in the business, as well as growth in higher margin activity, particularly Prime Services.

        3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024    
        $m   $m   Change
    Securities   151.0   94.9   59%
    Energy   88.2   73.2   20%
    Other revenue   0.3     n.m.3
    Revenue   239.5   168.1   42%
    Front office costs   (161.7)   (131.0)   23%
    Control and support costs   (21.0)   (14.1)   49%
    Provision for credit losses     (0.3)   n.m.3
    Depreciation and amortisation   (0.1)   (0.2)   (50)%
                 
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax ($m)1   56.7   22.5   152%
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin1   24%   13%   1,100 bps
                 
    Front office headcount (No.)2   670   679   (1)%
                 
        12 months ended 31 March 2025   12 months ended 31 March 2024   Change
    Marex volumes: Energy (m)4   60   51   18%
    Marex volumes: Securities (m)4   302   249   21%
    Market volumes: Energy (m)4   1,816   1,477   23%
    Market volumes: Securities (m)4   11,330   9,872   15%
    1. These are non-IFRS financial measures. See Appendix 1 “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators” for additional information and for a reconciliation of each such non-IFRS measure to its most directly comparable IFRS measure.
    2. The headcount is the average for the period.
    3. n.m. = not meaningful to present as a percentage.
    4. On a rolling twelve month basis

    Market Making

    Our Market Making business provides direct liquidity to our clients across a variety of products, primarily in the energy, metals and agriculture markets. This ability to make prices and trade as principal in a wide variety of energy, environmentals and commodity markets differentiates us from many of our competitors.

    Performance for the three months ended 31 March 2025

    Revenue increased by 27% to $52.9m (Q1 2024: $41.8m). This was driven by growth in all asset classes, in particular Securities revenues which increased by $7.2m primarily from growth in stock lending, which complements our Prime Services offering within Agency and Execution. Metals revenues growth was more muted, at 6%, due to the uncertainty arising from the potential implementation of global tariffs on base metals.

    Adjusted Profit Before Tax1 increased by 58% to $16.8m (Q1 2024: $10.6m), while Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin1 increased to 32% (Q1 2024: 25%).

        3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024    
        $m   $m   Change
    Metals   22.7   21.4   6%
    Agriculture   7.2   5.6   29%
    Energy   8.6   7.6   13%
    Securities   14.4   7.2   100%
    Revenue   52.9   41.8   27%
    Front office costs   (28.9)   (22.9)   26%
    Control and support costs   (7.1)   (8.2)   (13)%
    Depreciation and amortisation   (0.1)   (0.1)   0%
                 
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax ($m)1   16.8   10.6   58%
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin1   32%   25%   700 bps
                 
    Front office headcount (No.)2   144   125   15%
                 
    1. These are non-IFRS financial measures. See Appendix 1 “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators” for additional information and for a reconciliation of each such non-IFRS measure to its most directly comparable IFRS measure.
    2. The headcount is the average for the period. Management have re-assessed headcount for Clearing and Market Making and re-allocated for Q1 25 and Q1 24.

    Hedging and Investment Solutions

    Our Hedging and Investment Solutions business provides high quality bespoke hedging and investment solutions to our clients.

    Tailored commodity hedging solutions enable corporates to hedge their exposure to movements in energy and commodity prices, as well as currencies and interest rates, across a variety of different time horizons.

    Our financial products offering allows investors to gain exposure to a particular market or asset class, for example equity indices, in a cost-effective manner through a structured product.

    Performance for the three months ended 31 March 2025

    Revenue grew by 9% to $45.0m (Q1 2024: $41.3m) driven by continued strong client demand and as we expanded the sales team which led to the onboarding of new clients. Financial products increased 41% to $30.7m (Q1 2024: $21.8m) as structured notes balances grew 49%. Hedging solutions decreased by 27% to $14.3m (Q1 2024: $19.5m) reflecting higher volatility in agriculture in Q1 2024 relative to Q1 2025.

    Adjusted Profit Before Tax1 decreased by 7% to $11.1m (Q1 2024: $11.9m), while Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin1 decreased to 25% (Q1 2024: 29%), reflecting investment in our sales team and as a result of ongoing investment in our technology and platform to support future growth.

        3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024    
        $m   $m   Change
    Hedging solutions   14.3   19.5   (27)%
    Financial products   30.7   21.8   41%
    Revenue   45.0   41.3   9%
    Front office costs   (25.6)   (22.7)   13%
    Control and support costs   (8.1)   (6.6)   23%
    Depreciation and amortisation   (0.2)   (0.1)   100%
                 
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax ($m)1   11.1   11.9   (7)%
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin1   25%   29%   (400 bps)
                 
    Front office headcount (No.)2   197   166   19%
    Structured notes balance ($m)3   3,123.3   2,095.6   49%
    1. These are non-IFRS financial measures. See Appendix 1 “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators” for additional information and for a reconciliation of each such non-IFRS measure to its most directly comparable IFRS measure.
    2. The headcount is the average for the period.
    3. The Structured Notes portfolio consisted of 5,099 notes with an average maturity of 16 months and a total value of $3,123.3m (2024: 2,999 notes with an average maturity of 15 months and a total value of $2,095.6m).

    Corporate

    The Corporate segment includes the Group’s control and support functions. Corporate manages the resources of the Group, makes investment decisions and provides operational support to the business segments. Corporate Net Interest Income is derived through earning interest on house cash balances placed at banks and exchanges.

    Revenue decreased by $3.2m to $10.7m (Q1 2024: $13.9m) driven by lower investment returns on House cash balances from a reduction in the average Fed Funds rate.

        3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024    
        $m   $m   Change
    Revenue   10.7   13.9   (23%)
    Control and support costs3   (50.3)   (34.4)   46%
    (Provision)/recovery for credit losses     0.6   (100%)
    Depreciation and amortisation   (6.0)   (7.3)   (18%)
    Other income   0.7   0.1   600%
                 
    Adjusted Loss Before Tax ($m)1   (44.9)   (27.1)   66%
                 
    Control and support headcount (No.)2   1,183   1,015   17%
    1. These are non-IFRS financial measures. See Appendix 1 “Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators” for additional information and for a reconciliation of each such non-IFRS measure to its most directly comparable IFRS measure.
    2. The headcount is the average for the period.
    3. Control and support costs are presented on an unallocated basis.

    Summary Financial Position

    The Group’s equity base increased during Q1 25 with total equity increasing by $69.3m, 7% to $1,046.2m as a result of strong profitability during the quarter.

    Total assets and total liabilities have been steady during the first quarter. Our balance sheet continues to consist of high-quality liquid assets which underpin client activity on our platform. Total assets increased slightly from $24.3bn as at 31 December 2024 to $24.4bn as at 31 March 2025 with growth in Securities balances broadly offset by a reduction in Trade Receivables.

    Total liabilities remained steady at $23.3bn; an increase of $0.5bn due to issuance of Debt Securities was offset by a $0.5bn reduction in Trade Payables.

        31 March 2025   31 December 2024    
        $m   $m   Change
    Cash & Liquid Assets1   6,200.4   6,213.0   —%
    Trade Receivables   7,225.2   7,553.2   (4%)
    Reverse Repo Agreements   2,499.4   2,490.4   —%
    Securities2   6,749.0   6,459.7   4%
    Derivative Instruments   1,132.4   1,163.5   (3%)
    Other Assets3   268.6   199.7   35%
    Goodwill and Intangibles   279.5   233.0   20%
    Total Assets   24,354.5   24,312.5   —%
    Trade Payables   9,204.0   9,740.4   (6%)
    Repurchase Agreements   2,386.0   2,305.8   3%
    Securities4   6,450.3   6,656.7   (3%)
    Debt Securities   4,072.6   3,604.5   13%
    Derivative Instruments   798.4   751.7   6%
    Other Liabilities5   397.0   276.5   44%
    Total Liabilities   23,308.3   23,335.6   —%
    Total Equity   1,046.2   976.9   7%
    1. Cash & Liquid Assets are cash and cash equivalents, treasury instruments pledged as collateral, treasury instruments unpledged and fixed income securities.
    2. Securities assets are equity instruments and stock borrowing.
    3. Other Assets are inventory, corporate income tax receivable, deferred tax, investments, right-of-use assets, and property plant and equipment.
    4. Securities liabilities are stock lending and short securities.
    5. Other Liabilities are short term borrowings, deferred tax liability, lease liability, provisions and corporation tax.

     Liquidity

        31 March   31 December
        2025   2024
        $m   $m
    Total available liquid resources   2,682.4   2,439.8
    Liquidity headroom   1,217.4   1,060.0

    A prudent approach to capital and liquidity and commitment to maintaining an investment grade credit rating are core principles which underpin the successful delivery of our growth strategy. As at 31 March 2025, the Group held $2,682.4m of total available liquid resources, including the undrawn portion of the RCF (2024: $2,439.8m).

    Group liquidity resources consist of cash and high-quality liquid assets that can be quickly converted to meet immediate and short-term obligations. The resources include non-segregated cash, short-term money market funds and unencumbered securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government. The Group also includes any undrawn portion of its committed revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) in its total available liquid resources. The unsecured revolving credit facility of $150m remains undrawn as at 31 March 2025 (31 December 2024: $150m, undrawn). Facilities held by operating subsidiaries, and which are only available to that relevant subsidiary, have been excluded from these figures as they are not available to the entire Group.

    Liquidity headroom is based on the Group’s Liquid Asset Threshold Requirement, which is prepared according to the principles of the UK Investment Firms Prudential Regime (IFPR). The requirement includes a liquidity stress impact calculated from a combination of systemic and idiosyncratic risk factors.

    Regulatory capital

    The Group is subject to consolidated supervision by the UK Financial Conduct Authority and has regulated subsidiaries in jurisdictions both inside and outside of the UK.

    The Group is regulated as a MIFIDPRU investment firm under IFPR. The minimum capital requirement as at 31 March 2025 was determined by the Own Funds Threshold Requirement (‘OFTR’) set via an assessment of the Group’s capital adequacy and risk assessment conducted annually.

    The Group and its subsidiaries are in compliance with their regulatory requirements and are appropriately capitalised relative to the minimum requirements as set by the relevant competent authority. The Group maintained a capital surplus over its regulatory requirements at all times.

    The Group manages its capital structure in order to comply with regulatory requirements, ensuring its capital base is more than adequate to cover the risks inherent in the business and to maximise shareholder value through the strategic deployment of capital to support the Group’s growth and strategic development. The Group performs business model assessment, business and capital forecasting, stress testing and recovery planning at least annually. The following table summarises the Group’s capital position as at 31 March 2025 and 31 December 2024:

        31 March
    2025
      31 December
    2024
        $m   $m
    Core equity Tier 1 Capital1   652.5   623.9
    Additional Tier 1 Capital (net of issuance costs)   97.6   97.6
    Tier 2 Capital   1.4   1.6
    Total Capital resources   751.5   723.1
             
             
    Own Funds Threshold Requirement2   308.8   308.8
    Total Capital ratio3   243%   234%
    1. Total Capital Resources include unaudited results for the financial period.
    2. Own Funds Requirement presented as Own Funds Threshold Requirement based on the latest ICARA process.
    3. The Group’s Total Capital Resources as a percentage of Own Funds Requirement.

    At 31 March 2025, the Group had a Total Capital Ratio of 243% (31 December 2024: 234%), representing significant capital headroom to minimum requirements. The increase in the Total Capital Ratio resulted from an increase in total capital resources due to profit (unaudited) in 2025.

    Dividend

    The Board of Directors approved an interim dividend of $0.15 per share, expected to be paid on 10 June 2025 to shareholders on record as at close of business on 27 May 2025.

    Forward Looking Statements:

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this press release that do not relate to matters of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements, including expected financial results and dividend payments. In some cases, these forward-looking statements can be identified by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “potential,” “continue,” “is/are likely to” or other similar expressions.

    These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions, some of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are not a guarantee of future performance. Actual outcomes may differ materially from the information contained in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including, without limitation: subdued commodity market activity or pricing levels; the effects of geopolitical events, terrorism and wars, such as the effect of Russia’s military action in Ukraine or the ongoing conflict in the Middle East, on market volatility, global macroeconomic conditions and commodity prices; changes in interest rate levels; the risk of our clients and their related financial institutions defaulting on their obligations to us; regulatory, reputational and financial risks as a result of our international operations; software or systems failure, loss or disruption of data or data security failures; an inability to adequately hedge our positions and limitations on our ability to modify contracts and the contractual protections that may be available to us in OTC derivatives transactions; market volatility, reputational risk and regulatory uncertainty related to commodity markets, equities, fixed income, foreign exchange; the impact of climate change and the transition to a lower carbon economy on supply chains and the size of the market for certain of our energy products; the impact of changes in judgments, estimates and assumptions made by management in the application of our accounting policies on our reported financial condition and results of operations; lack of sufficient financial liquidity; if we fail to comply with applicable law and regulation, we may be subject to enforcement or other action, forced to cease providing certain services or obliged to change the scope or nature of our operations; significant costs, including adverse impacts on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and expenses associated with compliance with relevant regulations; and if we fail to remediate the material weaknesses we identified in our internal control over financial reporting or prevent material weaknesses in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial statements may be impacted, which could result in material misstatements in our financial statements or failure to meet our reporting obligations and subject us to potential delisting, regulatory investments or civil or criminal sanctions, and other risks discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2024 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as updated by our other reports filed with the SEC.

    The forward-looking statements made in this press release relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this press release. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

    In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this press release, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

    Appendix 1

    Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators

    This press release contains non-IFRS financial measures, including Adjusted Profit Before Tax, Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin, Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share, Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share, Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity and Adjusted Return on Equity. These non-IFRS financial measures are presented for supplemental informational purposes only and should not be considered a substitute for profit after tax, profit margin, return on equity or any other financial information presented in accordance with IFRS and may be different from similarly titled non-IFRS financial measures used by other companies. The Group changed the labelling of its non-IFRS measures during 2024 to better align to the equivalent IFRS reported metric and enhance transparency and comparability.

    Adjusted Profit Before Tax (formerly labelled Adjusted Operating Profit)

    We define Adjusted Profit Before Tax as profit after tax adjusted for (i) tax, (ii) goodwill impairment charges, (iii) acquisition costs, (iv) bargain purchase gain, (v) owner fees, (vi) amortisation of acquired brands and customer lists, (vii) activities in relation to shareholders, (viii) employer tax on the vesting of Growth Shares, (ix) IPO preparation costs, (x) fair value of the cash settlement option on the Growth Shares and (xi) public offering of ordinary shares. Items (i) to (xi) are referred to as “Adjusting Items.” Adjusted Profit Before Tax is the primary measure used by our management to evaluate and understand our underlying operations and business trends, forecast future results and determine future capital investment allocations. Adjusted Profit Before Tax is the measure used by our executive board to assess the financial performance of our business in relation to our trading performance. The most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards measure is profit after tax. We believe Adjusted Profit Before Tax is a useful measure as it allows management to monitor our ongoing core operations and provides useful information to investors and analysts regarding the net results of the business. The core operations represent the primary trading operations of the business.

    Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin (formerly labelled Adjusted Operating Profit Margin)

    We define Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin as Adjusted Profit Before Tax (as defined above) divided by revenue. We believe that Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin is a useful measure as it allows management to assess the profitability of our business in relation to revenue. The most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards measure is profit margin, which is Profit after Tax divided by revenue.

    Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity (formerly labelled Adjusted Operating Profit after Tax Attributable to Common Equity)

    We define Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity as profit after tax adjusted for the items outlined in the Adjusted Profit Before Tax paragraph above. Additionally, Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity is also adjusted for (i) tax and the tax effect of the Adjusting Items to calculate Adjusted Profit Before Tax and (ii) profit attributable to Additional Tier 1 (“AT1”) note holders, net of tax, which is the coupons on the AT1 issuance and accounted for as dividends, adjusted for the tax benefit of the coupons. We define Common Equity as being the equity belonging to the holders of the Group’s share capital. We believe Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity is a useful measure as it allows management to assess the profitability of the equity belonging to the holders of the Group’s share capital. The most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards measure is profit after tax.

    Adjusted Return on Equity (formerly labelled Return on Adjusted Operating Profit after Tax Attributable to Common Equity)

    We define the Adjusted Return on Equity as the Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity (as defined above) divided by the average Common Equity for the period. Common Equity is defined as being the equity belonging to the holders of the Group’s share capital. Common Equity is calculated as the average balance of total equity minus additional Tier 1 capital. For the period ended 31 March 2025 and 2024, Common Equity is calculated as the average balance of total equity minus additional Tier 1 capital as at 31 December of the prior year and 31 March of the current year. For the three months ended 31 March 2025 and 2024, Adjusted Return on Equity is calculated for comparison purposes on an annualised basis as Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity for the period multiplied by four and then divided by average Common Equity for the period. It is presented on an annualised basis for comparison purposes.

    We believe Adjusted Return on Equity is a useful measure as it allows management to assess the return on the equity belonging to the holders of the Group’s share capital. The most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards measure for Adjusted Return on Equity is Return on Equity, which is calculated as profit after tax for the period divided by average equity. Average Equity for the period ended 31 March 2025 and 2024 is calculated as the average of total equity at 31 December of the prior year and 31 March of the current year. For the three months ended 31 March 2025 and 2024, Return on Equity is calculated for comparison purposes on an annualised basis as Profit After Tax for the period multiplied by four and then divided by Average Equity for the period. It is presented on an annualised basis for comparison purposes.

    Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share and Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share

    Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share is defined as the Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity (as defined above) for the period divided by weighted average number of ordinary shares for the period. We believe Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share is a useful measure as it allows management to assess the profitability of our business per share. The most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards metric is basic earnings per share. This metric has been designed to highlight the Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity over the available share capital of the Group. Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share is defined as the Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity for the period divided by the diluted weighted average shares for the period. We believe Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share is a useful measure as it allows management to assess the profitability of our business per share on a diluted basis. Dilution is calculated in the same way as it has been for diluted earnings per share. The most directly comparable IFRS Accounting Standards metric is diluted earnings per share.

    We believe that these non-IFRS financial measures provide useful information to both management and investors by excluding certain items that management believes are not indicative of our ongoing operations. Our management uses these non-IFRS financial measures to evaluate our business strategies and to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. We believe that these non-IFRS financial measures provide useful information to investors because they improve the comparability of our financial results between periods and provide for greater transparency of key measures used to evaluate our performance. In addition these non-IFRS financial measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to us, many of which present related performance measures when reporting their results.

    These non-IFRS financial measures are used by different companies for differing purposes and are often calculated in different ways that reflect the circumstances of those companies. In addition, certain judgments and estimates are inherent in our process to calculate such non-IFRS financial measures. You should exercise caution in comparing these non-IFRS financial measures as reported by other companies.

    These non-IFRS financial measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS Accounting Standards. Some of these limitations are:

    • they do not reflect costs incurred in relation to the acquisitions that we have undertaken;
    • they do not reflect impairment of goodwill;
    • other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures; and
    • the adjustments made in calculating these non-IFRS financial measures are those that management considers to be not representative of our core operations and, therefore, are subjective in nature.

    Accordingly, prospective investors should not place undue reliance on these non-IFRS financial measures.

    We also use key performance indicators (“KPIs”) such as Average Balances, Trades Executed, and Contracts Cleared to assess the performance of our business and believe that these KPIs provide useful information to both management and investors by showing the growth of our business across the periods presented.

    Our management uses these KPIs to evaluate our business strategies and to facilitate operating performance comparisons from period to period. We define certain terms used in this release as follows:

    “FTE” means the number of our full-time equivalents as of the end of a given period, which includes permanent employees and contractors.

    “Average FTE” means the average number of our full-time equivalents over the period, including permanent employees and contractors.

    “Average Balances” means the average of the daily holdings in exchanges, banks and other investments over the period. Previously, average balances were calculated as the average month end amount of segregated and non-segregated client balances that generated interest income over a given period.

    “Trades Executed” means the total number of trades executed on our platform in a given year.

    “Total Capital Ratio” means our total capital resources in a given period divided by the capital requirement for such period under the IFPR.

    “Contracts Cleared” means the total number of contracts cleared in a given period.

    “Market Volumes” are calculated as follows:

    • All volumes traded on Marex key exchanges (CBOT, CME, Eurex, Euronext, ICE, LME, NYMEX COMEX, SGX)
    • Energy volumes on CBOT, Eurex, ICE, NYMEX, SGX
    • Financial securities (corporate bonds, equities, FX, repo, volatility) on CBOE, CBOT, CME, Eurex, Euronext, ICE, SGX
    • Metals, agriculture and energy volumes on CBOT, CME, Eurex, Euronext, ICE, LME, NYMEX COMEX, SGX

    Reconciliation of Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Key Performance Indicators:

        3 months ended 31 March 2025   3 months ended 31 March 2024
             
        $m   $m
    Profit After Tax   72.5   43.6
    Taxation charge   25.5   15.3
    Profit Before Tax   98.0   58.9
    Goodwill impairment charge1    
    Bargain purchase gain (provisional accounting)2   (3.4)  
    Acquisition costs3     0.2
    Amortisation of acquired brands and customer lists4   1.3   0.8
    Activities relating to shareholders5     2.4
    Employer tax on vesting of the growth shares6    
    Owner fees7   0.4   1.7
    IPO preparation costs8     3.7
    Fair value of the cash settlement option on the growth shares9    
    Public offering of ordinary shares10    
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax   96.3   67.7
    Tax and the tax effect on the Adjusting Items11   (24.8)   (15.5)
    Profit attributable to AT1 note holders12   (3.3)   (3.3)
    Adjusted Profit After Tax Attributable to Common Equity   68.2   48.9
             
    Profit after Tax Margin   16%   12%
    Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin13   21%   19%
             
    Basic Earnings per Share ($)   0.98   0.60
    Diluted Earnings per Share ($)   0.92   0.56
             
    Adjusted Basic Earnings per Share ($)14   0.97   0.74
    Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share ($)14   0.91   0.69
             
    Weighted average number of shares14   70,541,771   65,683,374
    Period end number of shares14   71,231,706   68,375,690
             
    Common Equity15   913.7   676.0
    Return on Equity   29%   23%
    Adjusted Return on Equity (%)   30%   29%
    1. No goodwill impairment has been booked for either period.
    2. A bargain purchase gain was recognised as a result of the Group’s acquisition of Darton Group Limited (“Darton”) . Provisional accounting under IFRS 3 has been applied as at Q1 ’25.
    3. Acquisition costs are costs, such as legal fees incurred in relation to the business acquisitions of Cowen’s prime services and Outsourced Trading business.
    4. This represents the amortisation charge for the period of acquired brands and customers lists.
    5. Activities in relation to shareholders primarily consist of dividend-like contributions made to participants within certain of our share-based payments schemes.
    6. Employer tax on vesting of the growth shares represents the Group’s tax charge arising from the vesting of the growth shares.
    7. Owner fees relate to management services fees paid to parties associated with the ultimate controlling party based on a percentage of our EBITDA in each year, presented in the income statement within other expenses. This agreement ended once the Group became listed, however as the calculation in based on audited full year EBITDA, the payment in Q1 25 represents the final adjustments to the fees owed.
    8. IPO preparation costs related to consulting, legal and audit fees, presented in the income statement within other expenses.
    9. Fair value of the cash settlement option on the growth shares represents the fair value liability of the growth shares at $2.3m. Subsequent to the initial public offering when the holders of the growth shares elected to settle the awards in ordinary shares, the liability was derecognised.
    10. Costs relating to the public offerings of ordinary shares by certain selling shareholders.
    11. Tax and the tax effect on the Adjusting Items represents the tax for the period and the tax effect of the other Adjusting Items removed from Profit After Tax to calculate Adjusted Profit Before Tax. The tax effect of the other Adjusting Items was calculated at the Group’s effective tax rate for the respective period.
    12. Profit attributable to AT1 note holders are the coupons on the AT1 issuance, which are accounted for as dividends.
    13. Adjusted Profit Before Tax Margin is calculated by dividing Adjusted Profit Before Tax (as defined above) by revenue for the period.
    14. The weighted average numbers of diluted shares used in the calculation for the three months ended 31 March 2025 and 2024 were 74,934,788 and 70,383,309 respectively. Weighted average number of shares have been restated as applicable for the Group’s reverse share split. As at 31 March 2025, the dilution impact was 4,393,017 shares (31 March 2024: 4,699,934 shares).
    15. Common Equity is calculated as the average balance of total equity minus additional Tier 1 capital. For the three months ended 31 March 2025 and 2024, Adjusted Return on Equity is calculated as the average balance of total equity minus additional Tier 1 capital, as at 31 December of the prior year and 31 March of the current year.

    Appendix 2 – Supplementary Financial Information

    Revenue

    The following tables present the Group’s segmental revenue for the periods indicated:

    3 months ended 31 March 2025 Clearing   Agency and Execution   Market Making   Hedging and Investment Solutions   Corporate   Total
      $m   $m   $m   $m   $m   $m
                           
    Net commission income 67.8   182.9         250.7
    Net trading income 3.0   49.9   54.9   51.3     159.1
    Net interest income/(expense) 48.4   5.6   (5.0)   (6.3)   10.7   53.4
    Net physical commodities income   1.1   3.0       4.1
    Revenue 119.2   239.5   52.9   45.0   10.7   467.3
    3 months ended 31 March 2024 Clearing   Agency and Execution   Market Making   Hedging and Investment Solutions   Corporate   Total
      $m   $m   $m   $m   $m   $m
                           
    Net commission income/(expense) 69.5   150.5   (1.1)       218.9
    Net trading income 1.0   9.1   44.2   51.9     106.2
    Net interest income/(expense) 30.2   8.0   (5.9)   (10.6)   13.9   35.6
    Net physical commodities income   0.5   4.6       5.1
    Revenue 100.7   168.1   41.8   41.3   13.9   365.8


    Consolidated Income Statement

    For the Three Months Ended 31 March 2025

        31 March
    2025
      31 March
    2024
        $m   $m
    Commission and fee income   503.7   400.6
    Commission and fee expense   (253.0)   (181.7)
    Net commission income   250.7   218.9
    Net trading income   159.1   106.2
    Interest income   198.8   163.2
    Interest expense   (145.4)   (127.6)
    Net interest income   53.4   35.6
    Net physical commodities income   4.1   5.1
    Revenue   467.3   365.8
             
    Expenses:        
    Compensation and benefits   (291.7)   (229.9)
    Depreciation and amortisation   (7.9)   (7.8)
    Other expenses   (73.8)   (69.6)
    Provision for credit losses     0.3
    Bargain purchase gain on acquisition   3.4  
    Other income   0.7   0.1
    Profit before tax   98.0   58.9
    Tax   (25.5)   (15.3)
    Profit after tax   72.5   43.6
             

    Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

    As at 31 March 2025

        31 March   31 December
        2025   2024
        $m   $m
    Assets        
    Non-current assets        
    Goodwill   225.0   176.5
    Intangible assets   54.5   56.5
    Property, plant and equipment   22.8   20.8
    Right-of-use asset   64.0   59.9
    Investments   25.7   24.0
    Deferred tax   29.5   46.7
    Treasury instruments (unpledged)   3.8   53.5
    Treasury instruments (pledged as collateral)   153.9   46.1
    Total non-current assets   579.2   484.0
             
    Current assets        
    Corporate income tax receivable   22.5   12.5
    Trade and other receivables   7,225.2   7,553.2
    Inventory   104.1   35.8
    Equity instruments (unpledged)   210.2   231.4
    Equity instruments (pledged as collateral)   4,627.2   4,446.6
    Derivative instruments   1,132.4   1,163.5
    Stock borrowing   1,911.6   1,781.7
    Treasury instruments (unpledged)   478.8   556.2
    Treasury instruments (pledged as collateral)   2,827.5   2,912.9
    Fixed income securities (unpledged)   129.7   87.7
    Reverse repurchase agreements   2,499.4   2,490.4
    Cash and cash equivalents   2,606.7   2,556.6
    Total current assets   23,775.3   23,828.5
    Total assets   24,354.5   24,312.5
        31 March   31 December
        2025   2024
        $m   $m
    Liabilities        
    Current liabilities        
    Repurchase agreements   2,386.0   2,305.8
    Trade and other payables   9,204.0   9,740.4
    Stock lending   4,481.3   4,952.1
    Short securities   1,969.0   1,704.6
    Short-term borrowings   271.1   152.0
    Lease liability   9.7   10.5
    Derivative instruments   798.4   751.7
    Corporation tax   39.0   41.9
    Debt securities   2,609.9   2,119.6
    Provisions   0.7   0.6
    Total current liabilities   21,769.1   21,779.2
    Non-current liabilities        
    Lease liability   73.4   67.0
    Debt securities   1,462.7   1,484.9
    Deferred tax liability   3.1   4.5
    Total non-current liabilities   1,539.2   1,556.4
    Total liabilities   23,308.3   23,335.6
    Total net assets   1,046.2   976.9
             
    Equity        
    Share capital   0.1   0.1
    Share premium   220.0   202.6
    Additional Tier 1 capital (AT1)   97.6   97.6
    Retained earnings   775.3   722.4
    Own shares   (48.9)   (23.2)
    Other reserves   2.1   (22.6)
    Total equity   1,046.2   976.9
             

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Hyperscale Data to Resume Montana Bitcoin Mining Operations during June 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    LAS VEGAS, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Hyperscale Data, Inc. (NYSE American: GPUS), a diversified holding company (“Hyperscale Data” or the “Company”), today announced that its wholly owned subsidiary Sentinum, Inc. (“Sentinum”), plans to resume Bitcoin mining operations at one of its two Montana sites on or around June 10, 2025.

    Sentinum completed the build-out of the Montana site in 2024 and it currently provides up to 10 megawatts of power, which is sufficient to operate approximately 3,200 S19j Pro Antminers (“Antminers”). Sentinum will initially recommence mining operations on approximately 2,600 Antminers and expects to increase operations to full capacity of approximately 3,200 Antminers, during July 2025.

    “Given the recent increase in the price of Bitcoin, we have made the decision to resume mining at one of our Montana sites,” said William Horne, Chief Executive Officer of Hyperscale Data. “It is our belief that the current price of Bitcoin is sustainable, which will allow our Montana Bitcoin mining operations to generate positive cash flow from operations.”

    For more information on Hyperscale Data and its subsidiaries, Hyperscale Data recommends that stockholders, investors and any other interested parties read Hyperscale Data’s public filings and press releases available under the Investor Relations section at hyperscaledata.com or available at www.sec.gov.

    About Hyperscale Data, Inc.

    Through its wholly owned subsidiary Sentinum, Inc., Hyperscale Data owns and operates a data center at which it mines digital assets and offers colocation and hosting services for the emerging artificial intelligence (“AI”) ecosystems and other industries. Hyperscale Data’s other wholly owned subsidiary, Ault Capital Group, Inc. (“ACG”), is a diversified holding company pursuing growth by acquiring undervalued businesses and disruptive technologies with a global impact.

    Hyperscale Data expects to divest itself of ACG on or about December 31, 2025 (the “Divestiture”). Upon the occurrence of the Divestiture, the Company would solely be an owner and operator of data centers to support high-performance computing services, though it may at that time continue to mine Bitcoin. Until the Divestiture occurs, the Company will continue to provide, through ACG and its wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries and strategic investments, mission-critical products that support a diverse range of industries, including an AI software platform, social gaming platform, equipment rental services, defense/aerospace, industrial, automotive, medical/biopharma and hotel operations. In addition, ACG is actively engaged in private credit and structured finance through a licensed lending subsidiary. Hyperscale Data’s headquarters are located at 11411 Southern Highlands Parkway, Suite 190, Las Vegas, NV 89141.

    On December 23, 2024, the Company issued one million (1,000,000) shares of a newly designated Series F Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the “Series F Preferred Stock”) to all common stockholders and holders of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis. The Divestiture will occur through the voluntary exchange of the Series F Preferred Stock for shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock of ACG (collectively, the “ACG Shares”). The Company reminds its stockholders that only those holders of the Series F Preferred Stock who agree to surrender such shares, and do not properly withdraw such surrender, in the exchange offer through which the Divestiture will occur, will be entitled to receive the ACG Shares and consequently be stockholders of ACG upon the occurrence of the Divestiture.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements generally include statements that are predictive in nature and depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, and include words such as “believes,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “projects,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “strategy,” “future,” “opportunity,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “potential,” or similar expressions. Statements that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties.

    Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any of them publicly in light of new information or future events. Actual results could differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement as a result of various factors. More information, including potential risk factors, that could affect the Company’s business and financial results are included in the Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including, but not limited to, the Company’s Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K. All filings are available at www.sec.gov and on the Company’s website at hyperscaledata.com.

    Hyperscale Data Investor Contact:
    IR@hyperscaledata.com or 1-888-753-2235

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Euronext N.V. Annual General Meeting results   

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Euronext N.V. Annual General Meeting results         

    Amsterdam, Brussels, Dublin, Lisbon, Milan, Oslo and Paris – 15 May 2025 – Euronext announced that in its Annual General Meeting (AGM) that took place today, all resolutions with the exception of voting item 1 (advisory vote) were approved.

    The voting items were as follows:

    1. Proposal to adopt the 2024 remuneration report
    2. Proposal to adopt the 2024 financial statements
    3. Proposal to adopt a dividend of €2.90 per ordinary share
    4. Proposal to discharge the members of the Managing Board in respect of their duties performed during the year 2024
    5. Proposal to discharge the members of the Supervisory Board in respect of their duties performed during the year 2024
    6. Re-appointment of Piero Novelli as a member of the Supervisory Board
    7. Re-appointment of Olivier Sichel as a member of the Supervisory Board
    8. Appointment of Francesca Scaglia as a member of the Supervisory Board
    9. Re-appointment of Delphine d’Amarzit as a member of the Managing Board
    10. Appointment of René van Vlerken as a member of the Managing Board
    11. Proposal to amend the remuneration policy with regard to the Managing Board
    12. Proposal to amend the remuneration policy with regard to the Supervisory Board
    13. Proposal to appoint the external auditor
    14. Proposal regarding cancellation of the company’s own shares purchased by the company under the share repurchase program
    15. Proposal to designate the Managing Board as the competent body to issue ordinary shares
    16. Proposal to designate the Managing Board as the competent body to restrict or exclude the pre-emptive rights of shareholders
    17. Proposal to authorise the Managing Board to acquire ordinary shares in the share capital of the company on behalf of the company
    18. Proposal to authorise the Supervisory Board or Managing Board (subject to approval of the Supervisory Board) to grant rights to French beneficiaries to receive shares in accordance with Articles L225-197-1 and seq. of the French Code of commerce

    The payment of the annual dividend will occur on 28 May 2025, with ex-dividend on 26 May 2025 and record date on 27 May 2025.

    CONTACTS  

    ANALYSTS & INVESTORS ir@euronext.com

    Investor Relations        Aurélie Cohen                 

            Judith Stein        +33 6 15 23 91 97          

    MEDIA – mediateam@euronext.com 

    Europe        Aurélie Cohen         +33 1 70 48 24 45   

            Andrea Monzani         +39 02 72 42 62 13 

    Belgium        Marianne Aalders         +32 26 20 15 01                 

    France, Corporate        Flavio Bornancin-Tomasella        +33 1 70 48 24 45                 

    Ireland        Andrea Monzani         +39 02 72 42 62 13                 

    Italy         Ester Russom         +39 02 72 42 67 56                 

    The Netherlands        Marianne Aalders         +31 20 721 41 33                 

    Norway         Cathrine Lorvik Segerlund        +47 41 69 59 10                 

    Portugal         Sandra Machado        +351 91 777 68 97                

    Corporate Solutions        Andrea Monzani         +39 02 72 42 62 13                          

    About Euronext  

    Euronext is the leading European capital market infrastructure, covering the entire capital markets value chain, from listing, trading, clearing, settlement and custody, to solutions for issuers and investors. Euronext runs MTS, one of Europe’s leading electronic fixed income trading markets, and Nord Pool, the European power market. Euronext also provides clearing and settlement services through Euronext Clearing and its Euronext Securities CSDs in Denmark, Italy, Norway and Portugal.

    As of March 2025, Euronext’s regulated exchanges in Belgium, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands, Norway and Portugal host nearly 1,800 listed issuers with €6.3 trillion in market capitalisation, a strong blue-chip franchise and the largest global centre for debt and fund listings. With a diverse domestic and international client base, Euronext handles 25% of European lit equity trading. Its products include equities, FX, ETFs, bonds, derivatives, commodities and indices.

    For the latest news, go to euronext.com or follow us on X and LinkedIn.

    Disclaimer

    This press release is for information purposes only: it is not a recommendation to engage in investment activities and is provided “as is”, without representation or warranty of any kind. While all reasonable care has been taken to ensure the accuracy of the content, Euronext does not guarantee its accuracy or completeness. Euronext will not be held liable for any loss or damages of any nature ensuing from using, trusting or acting on information provided. No information set out or referred to in this publication may be regarded as creating any right or obligation. The creation of rights and obligations in respect of financial products that are traded on the exchanges operated by Euronext’s subsidiaries shall depend solely on the applicable rules of the market operator. All proprietary rights and interest in or connected with this publication shall vest in Euronext. This press release speaks only as of this date. Euronext refers to Euronext N.V. and its affiliates. Information regarding trademarks and intellectual property rights of Euronext is available at www.euronext.com/terms-use.

    © 2025, Euronext N.V. – All rights reserved. 

    The Euronext Group processes your personal data in order to provide you with information about Euronext (the “Purpose”). With regard to the processing of this personal data, Euronext will comply with its obligations under Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and Council of 27 April 2016 (General Data Protection Regulation, “GDPR”), and any applicable national laws, rules and regulations implementing the GDPR, as provided in its privacy statement available at: www.euronext.com/privacy-policy. In accordance with the applicable legislation you have rights with regard to the processing of your personal data: for more information on your rights, please refer to: www.euronext.com/data_subjects_rights_request_information. To make a request regarding the processing of your data or to unsubscribe from this press release service, please use our data subject request form at connect2.euronext.com/form/data-subjects-rights-request or email our Data Protection Officer at dpo@euronext.com.

    Attachment

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Hafnarfjarðarkaupstaður – Niðurstaða úr skuldabréfaútboði 14. maí

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Hafnarfjarðarkaupstaður hefur lokið útboði í skuldabréfaflokknum HFJ 50 1

    Heildartilboð í HFJ 50 1 voru samtals 2.100 m.kr. að nafnvirði á kröfunni 3,85%-4,00%. Ákveðið var að taka tilboðum samtals að nafnvirði 1.200 m.kr. á ávöxtunarkröfunni 3,87%.

    Þetta var fyrsta útboðið í skuldabréfaflokknum og er því heildarstærð flokksins 1.200 m.kr. að nafnvirði.

    Nánari upplýsingar veitir:

    Helga Benediktsdóttir
    sviðsstjóri fjármálasviðs Hafnarfjarðarkaupstaðar
    netfang: helga@hafnarfjordur.is

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: SHELL PLC – REPORT ON PAYMENTS TO GOVERNMENTS FOR THE YEAR 2024

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Shell plc – Report on Payments to Governments for the year 2024

    Basis for preparation – Report on Payments to Governments for the year 2024
    This Report provides a consolidated overview of the payments to governments made by Shell plc and its subsidiary undertakings (hereinafter referred to as “Shell”) for the year 2024 as required under the UK’s Reports on Payments to Governments Regulations 2014 (as amended in December 2015). These UK Regulations enact domestic rules in line with Directive 2013/34/EU (the EU Accounting Directive (2013)) and apply to large UK incorporated companies like Shell that are involved in the exploration, prospection, discovery, development and extraction of minerals, oil, natural gas deposits or other materials. This Report is also filed with the National Storage Mechanism (https://data.fca.org.uk/#/nsm/nationalstoragemechanism) intended to satisfy the requirements of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom. This Report is also published pursuant to article 5:25e of the Dutch FMSA (Wft) and is furnished with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) according to Section 13(q) under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

    This Report is available for download from www.shell.com/payments.

    Legislation
    This Report is prepared in accordance with The Reports on Payments to Governments Regulations 2014 as enacted in the UK in December 2014 and as amended in December 2015.

    Reporting entities
    This Report includes payments to governments made by Shell plc and its subsidiary undertakings (Shell). Payments made by entities where Shell has joint control are excluded from this Report.

    Activities
    Payments made by Shell to governments arising from activities involving the exploration, prospection, discovery, development and extraction of minerals, oil and natural gas deposits or other materials (extractive activities) are disclosed in this Report. It excludes payments related to refining, natural gas liquefaction or gas-to-liquids activities. For a fully integrated project, which does not have an interim contractual cut-off point where a value can be attached or ascribed separately to the extractive activities and to other processing activities, payments to governments are not artificially split but are disclosed in full.

    Government
    Government includes any national, regional or local authority of a country, and includes a department, agency or entity that is a subsidiary of a government, including a national oil company.

    Project
    Payments are reported at project level, except those payments that are not attributable to a specific project which are reported at entity level. Project is defined as operational activities which are governed by a single contract, licence, lease, concession or similar legal agreement, and form the basis for payment liabilities with a government. If such agreements are substantially interconnected, those agreements are to be treated as a single project.

    “Substantially interconnected” means forming a set of operationally and geographically integrated contracts, licences, leases or concessions or related agreements with substantially similar terms that are signed with a government giving rise to payment liabilities. Such agreements can be governed by a single contract, joint venture, production sharing agreement or other overarching legal agreement. Indicators of integration include, but are not limited to, geographic proximity, the use of shared infrastructure and common operational management.

    Payment
    The information is reported under the following payment types:

    Production entitlements
    These are the host government’s share of production in the reporting period derived from projects operated by Shell. This includes the government’s share as a sovereign entity or through its participation as an equity or interest holder in projects within its sovereign jurisdiction (home country). Production entitlements arising from activities or interests outside of its home country are excluded.

    In certain contractual arrangements, typically a production sharing contract, a government through its participation interest may contribute funding of capital and operating expenditure to projects, from which it derives production entitlement to cover such funding (cost recovery). Such cost recovery production entitlement is included.

    In situations where a government settles Shell’s income tax obligation on behalf of Shell by utilising its share of production entitlements (typically under a tax-paid concession), such amount will be deducted from the reported production entitlement.

    Taxes
    These are taxes paid by Shell on its income, profits or production (which include resource severance tax and petroleum resource rent tax), including those settled by a government on behalf of Shell under a tax-paid concession. Payments are reported net of refunds. Consumption taxes, personal income taxes, sales taxes, property and environmental taxes are excluded.

    Royalties
    These are payments for the rights to extract oil and gas resources, typically at a set percentage of revenue less any deductions that may be taken.

    Dividends
    These are dividend payments other than dividends paid to a government as an ordinary shareholder of an entity unless paid in lieu of production entitlements or royalties. For the year ended December 31, 2024, there were no reportable dividend payments to a government.

    Bonuses
    These are payments for bonuses. These are usually paid upon signing an agreement or a contract, or when a commercial discovery is declared, or production has commenced, or production has reached a milestone.

    Licence fees, rental fees, entry fees and other considerations for licences and/or concessions
    These are fees and other sums paid as consideration for acquiring a licence for gaining access to an area where extractive activities are performed. Administrative government fees that are not specifically related to the extractive sector, or to access to extractive resources, are excluded. Also excluded are payments made in return for services provided by a government.

    Infrastructure improvements
    These are payments which relate to the construction of infrastructure (road, bridge or rail) not substantially dedicated for the use of extractive activities. Payments which are a social investment in nature, for example building of a school or hospital, are excluded.

    Other
    Operatorship
    When Shell makes a payment directly to a government arising from a project, regardless of whether Shell is the operator, the full amount paid is disclosed even where Shell as the operator is proportionally reimbursed by its non-operating venture partners through a partner billing process (cash-call).

    When a national oil company is the operator of a project to whom Shell makes a reportable payment, which is distinguishable in the cash-call, it is included in this Report.

    Cash and in-kind payments
    Payments are reported on a cash basis. In-kind payments are converted to an equivalent cash value based on the most appropriate and relevant valuation method for each payment, which can be at cost or market value, or such value as stated in the contract. In-kind payments are reported in both volumes and the equivalent cash value.

    Materiality level
    For each payment type, total payments below £86,000 to a government are excluded from this Report.

    Exchange rate
    Payments made in currencies other than US dollars are translated for this Report based on the foreign exchange rate at the relevant quarterly average rate.

    Report on Payments to Governments [1]

    Summary report (in USD)
    Countries Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Europe              
    Germany         –         243,935,441         –         –         –         –         243,935,441
    Italy         –         4,128,063         74,213,782         –         80,220,786         –         158,562,631
    Norway         2,083,221,642         1,300,962,023         –         –         122,391         –         3,384,306,056
    United Kingdom         –         -16,649,747         –         –         11,483,529         –         -5,166,218
    Asia              
    Brunei         3,983,642         44,229,620         8,660,091         –         –         –         56,873,353
    China         –         10,343,616         –         –         –         –         10,343,616
    India         –         -17,715,638         –         –         –         –         -17,715,638
    Kazakhstan         –         242,741,780         –         –         –         –         242,741,780
    Malaysia         2,317,002,807         305,924,901         500,008,822         –         –         –         3,122,936,530
    Middle East              
    Oman         633,711,368         3,954,062,451         –         –         900,000         –         4,588,673,819
    Qatar         1,801,453,896         1,507,244,066         –         –         30,538,723         –         3,339,236,685
    Oceania              
    Australia         –         1,277,737,693         468,579,450         –         13,412,457         266,428         1,759,996,028
    Africa              
    Egypt         –         41,164,348         –         1,836,435         –         –         43,000,783
    Nigeria         3,804,949,166         648,734,398         780,231,463         –         102,925,166         –         5,336,840,193
    Sao Tome and Principe         –         –         –         1,300,000         –         –         1,300,000
    Tanzania         –         –         –         –         140,000         –         140,000
    Tunisia         –         24,904,580         4,941,633         –         –         –         29,846,213
    North America              
    Canada         –         172,567,072         4,697,991         –         1,423,783         –         178,688,846
    Mexico         –         –         –         –         21,527,002         –         21,527,002
    USA         –         53,238,500         1,187,594,021         –         80,678,527         860,822         1,322,371,870
    South America              
    Argentina         53,082,051         1,984,309         143,969,668         –         123,276         –         199,159,304
    Brazil         327,688,819         656,740,954         1,147,687,680         9,540,351         1,556,282,443         –         3,697,940,247
    Colombia         –         –         –         –         489,880         –         489,880
    Trinidad and Tobago         362,690,585         561,771         2,210,566         300,000         13,719,070         –         379,481,992
    Total         11,387,783,976         10,456,840,201         4,322,795,167         12,976,786         1,913,987,033         1,127,250         28,095,510,413

    [1] The figures in this Report are rounded.

    Germany

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    FEDERAL CENTRAL TAX OFFICE         –         294,891,077         –         –         –         –         294,891,077
    MUNICIPALITY OF COLOGNE         –         -2,763,591         –         –         –         –         -2,763,591
    MUNICIPALITY OF DINSLAKEN         –         -386,534         –         –         –         –         -386,534
    MUNICIPALITY OF GELSENKIRCHEN         –         -483,145         –         –         –         –         -483,145
    MUNICIPALITY OF OSTSTEINBEK         –         584,685         –         –         –         –         584,685
    MUNICIPALITY OF WESSELING         –         -3,943,262         –         –         –         –         -3,943,262
    TAX AUTHORITY HAMBURG         –         -43,963,789         –         –         –         –         -43,963,789
    Total                  243,935,441                                             243,935,441
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Entity level payment              
    DEUTSCHE SHELL HOLDING GmbH         –         243,935,441         –         –         –         –         243,935,441
    Total                  243,935,441                                             243,935,441

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    Italy

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    CALVELLO MUNICIPALITY         –         –         884,083         –         –         –         884,083
    CORLETO PERTICARA MUNICIPALITY         –         –         1,964,671         –         –         –         1,964,671
    GORGOGLIONE MUNICIPALITY         –         –         302,257         –         –         –         302,257
    GRUMENTO NOVA MUNICIPALITY         –         –         505,190         –         –         –         505,190
    MARSICO NUOVO MUNICIPALITY         –         –         378,893         –         –         –         378,893
    MARSICOVETERE MUNICIPALITY         –         –         126,298         –         –         –         126,298
    MONTEMURRO MUNICIPALITY         –         –         126,298         –         –         –         126,298
    REGIONE BASILICATA         –         –         44,157,199         –         79,302,465         –         123,459,664
    TESORERIA PROVINICIALE DELLO STATO         –         4,128,063         22,264,135         –         718,305         –         27,110,503
    VIGGIANO MUNICIPALITY         –         –         3,504,758         –         200,016         –         3,704,774
    Total                  4,128,063         74,213,782                  80,220,786                  158,562,631
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    ITALY UPSTREAM ASSET         –         4,128,063         74,213,782         –         80,220,786         –         158,562,631
    Total                  4,128,063         74,213,782                  80,220,786                  158,562,631

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report. 

    Norway

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments                
    EQUINOR ASA         853,946,278 [A]         –         –         –         –         –         853,946,278
    PETORO AS         1,229,275,364 [B]         –         –         –         –         –         1,229,275,364
    SKATTEETATEN         –           1,300,962,023         –         –         –         –         1,300,962,023
    SOKKELDIREKTORATET         –           –         –         –         122,391         –         122,391
    Total         2,083,221,642           1,300,962,023                           122,391                  3,384,306,056
                     
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects                
    ORMEN LANGE         2,083,221,642 [C]         –         –         –         –         –         2,083,221,642
    Entity level payment                
    A/S NORSKE SHELL         —           1,300,962,023         –         –         122,391         –         1,301,084,414
    Total         2,083,221,642           1,300,962,023                           122,391                  3,384,306,056

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    [A] Includes payment in kind of $853,946,278 for 12,291 thousand barrels of oil equivalent (kboe) valuated at market price. 

    [B] Includes payment in kind of $1,229,275,364 for 17,693 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [C] Includes payment in kind of $2,083,221,642 for 29,984 kboe valuated at market price.

    United Kingdom

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    HM REVENUE AND CUSTOMS         –         -16,649,747         –         –         –         –         -16,649,747
    NORTH SEA TRANSITION AUTHORITY         –         –         –         –         11,355,210         –         11,355,210
    THE CROWN ESTATE SCOTLAND         –         –         –         –         128,319         –         128,319
    Total                  -16,649,747                           11,483,529                  -5,166,218
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    BRENT AND OTHER NORTHERN NORTH SEA PROJECTS         –         -32,113,820         –         –         563,325         –         -31,550,495
    ONEGAS WEST         –         –         –         –         3,232,597         –         3,232,597
    UK EXPLORATION PROJECTS         –         –         –         –         1,117,783         –         1,117,783
    UK OFFSHORE OPERATED         –         –         –         –         2,119,313         –         2,119,313
    WEST OF SHETLAND NON-OPERATED         –         –         –         –         1,076,456         –         1,076,456
    Entity level payment              
    SHELL U.K. LIMITED         –         15,464,073         –         –         3,374,055         –         18,838,128
    Total                  -16,649,747                           11,483,529                  -5,166,218

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report. 

    Brunei

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    MINISTRY OF FINANCE AND ECONOMY         –         44,229,620         –         –         –         –         44,229,620
    PETROLEUM AUTHORITY OF BRUNEI DARUSSALEM         3,983,642         –         8,660,091         –         –         –         12,643,733
    Total         3,983,642         44,229,620         8,660,091                                    56,873,353
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Entity level payment              
    SHELL DEEPWATER BORNEO B.V.         –         39,001,133         –         –         –         –         39,001,133
    SHELL EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION BRUNEI B.V.         3,983,642         5,228,487         8,660,091         –         –         –         17,872,220
    Total         3,983,642         44,229,620         8,660,091                                    56,873,353

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report. 

    China

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    TIANJIN MUNICIPAL TAXATION BUREAU         –         5,911,867         –         –         –         –         5,911,867
    YULIN MUNICIPAL TAXATION BUREAU         –         4,431,749         –         –         –         –         4,431,749
    Total                  10,343,616                                             10,343,616
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Entity level payment              
    SHELL CHINA EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION COMPANY LIMITED         –         10,343,616         –         –         –         –         10,343,616
    Total                  10,343,616                                             10,343,616

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report. 

    India

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    INCOME TAX DEPARTMENT         –         -17,715,638         –         –         –         –         -17,715,638
    Total                  -17,715,638                                             -17,715,638
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Entity level payment              
    BG EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION INDIA LIMITED         –         -17,715,638         –         –         –         –         -17,715,638
    Total                  -17,715,638                                             -17,715,638

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    Kazakhstan

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    WEST KAZAKHSTAN TAX COMMITTEE         –         242,741,780         –         –         –         –         242,741,780
    Total                  242,741,780                                             242,741,780
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    KARACHAGANAK         –         242,741,780         –         –         –         –         242,741,780
    Total                  242,741,780                                             242,741,780

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    Malaysia

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties   Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments                  
    BRUNEI NATIONAL PETROLEUM COMPANY SENDIRIAN BERHAD         301,048,915 [A]         –         –           –         –         –         301,048,915
    LEMBAGA HASIL DALAM NEGERI         –           305,924,901         –           –         –         –         305,924,901
    MALAYSIA FEDERAL AND STATE GOVERNMENTS         –           –         469,060,363 [B]         –         –         –         469,060,363
    PETROLEUM SARAWAK EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION SDN. BHD.         74,656,856 [C]         –         –           –         –         –         74,656,856
    PETROLIAM NASIONAL BERHAD         990,078,563 [D]         –         30,948,459           –         –         –         1,021,027,022
    PETRONAS CARIGALI SDN. BHD.         951,218,473 [E]         –         –           –         –         –         951,218,473
    Total         2,317,002,807           305,924,901         500,008,822                                      3,122,936,530
                       
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties   Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects                  
    SABAH GAS (NON-OPERATED)         –           16,208,714         3,017,327           –         –         –         19,226,041
    SABAH INBOARD AND DEEPWATER OIL         1,435,194,825 [F]         158,435,164         303,452,674 [G]         –         –         –         1,897,082,663
    SARAWAK OIL AND GAS         881,807,982 [H]         116,047,586         193,538,821 [I]         –         –         –         1,191,394,389
    Entity level payment                  
    SABAH SHELL PETROLEUM COMPANY LIMITED         –           4,502,043         –           –         –         –         4,502,043
    SARAWAK SHELL BERHAD         –           3,394,907         –           –         –         –         3,394,907
    SHELL ENERGY ASIA LIMITED         –           2,616,753         –           –         –         –         2,616,753
    SHELL OIL AND GAS (MALAYSIA) LLC         –           595,653         –           –         –         –         595,653
    SHELL SABAH SELATAN SENDRIAN BERHAD         –           4,124,081         –           –         –         –         4,124,081
    Total         2,317,002,807           305,924,901         500,008,822                                      3,122,936,530

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    [A] Includes payment in kind of $301,048,915 for 3,355 thousand barrels of oil equivalent (kboe) valuated at market price. 

    [B] Includes payment in kind of $342,702,511 for 3,909 kboe valuated at market price and $126,357,852 for 6,336 kboe valuated at fixed price. 

    [C] Includes payment in kind of $59,554,178 for 3,011 kboe valuated at fixed price and $15,102,678 for 201 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [D] Includes payment in kind of $783,520,240 for 8,933 kboe valuated at market price and $209,732,743 for 10,921 kboe valuated at fixed price.

    [E] Includes payment in kind of $624,146,940 for 7,163 kboe valuated at market price and $327,071,533 for 16,397 kboe valuated at fixed price.

    [F] Includes payment in kind of $1,435,194,825 for 15,977 kboe valuated at market price.

    [G] Includes payment in kind of $297,371,578 for 3,339 kboe valuated at market price.

    [H] Includes payment in kind of $596,358,454 for 30,329 kboe valuated at fixed price and $288,623,948 for 3,675 kboe valuated at market price.

    [I] Includes payment in kind of $126,357,852 for 6,336 kboe valuated at fixed price and $45,330,933 for 570 kboe valuated at market price.

    Oman

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments                
    MINISTRY OF ENERGY AND MINERALS         633,711,368 [A]         –         –         –         –         –         633,711,368
    MINISTRY OF FINANCE         –           3,954,062,451         –         –         900,000         –         3,954,962,451
    Total         633,711,368           3,954,062,451                           900,000                  4,588,673,819
                     
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects                
    BLOCK 6 CONCESSION         –           3,954,062,451         –         –         –         –         3,954,062,451
    BLOCK 10 CONCESSION         633,711,368 [A]         –         –         –         400,000         –         634,111,368
    BLOCK 11 CONCESSION         –           –         –         –         250,000         –         250,000
    BLOCK 55 CONCESSION         –           –         –         –         250,000         –         250,000
    Total         633,711,368           3,954,062,451                           900,000                  4,588,673,819

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    [A] Includes payment in kind of $60,839,756 for 4,551 kboe valuated at fixed price and of $572,871,612 for 7,095 kboe valuated at the government’s selling price.

    Qatar

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    QATARENERGY         1,801,453,896         1,507,244,066         –         –         30,538,723         –         3,339,236,685
    Total         1,801,453,896         1,507,244,066                           30,538,723                  3,339,236,685
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    PEARL GTL         1,801,453,896         1,507,244,066         –         –         30,538,723         –         3,339,236,685
    Total         1,801,453,896         1,507,244,066                           30,538,723                  3,339,236,685

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    Australia

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    AUSTRALIAN TAXATION OFFICE         –         1,277,737,693         –         –         –         –         1,277,737,693
    BANANA SHIRE COUNCIL         –         –         –         –         217,920         –         217,920
    FEDERAL DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRY, SCIENCE AND RESOURCES         –         –         111,989,284         –         –         –         111,989,284
    QUEENSLAND REVENUE OFFICE         –         –         356,590,166         –         –         –         356,590,166
    QUEENSLAND DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND SCIENCE         –         –         –         –         935,554         –         935,554
    QUEENSLAND DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES AND MINES         –         –         –         –         581,472         –         581,472
    RESOURCES SAFETY AND HEALTH QUEENSLAND         –         –         –         –         1,359,992         –         1,359,992
    WESTERN DOWNS REGIONAL COUNCIL         –         –         –         –         10,317,519         266,428         10,583,947
    Total                  1,277,737,693         468,579,450                  13,412,457         266,428         1,759,996,028
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    NORTH WEST SHELF         –         –         111,989,284         –         –         –         111,989,284
    QGC         –         583,570,540         356,590,166         –         13,412,457         266,428         953,839,591
    Entity level payment              
    SHELL AUSTRALIA PTY LTD         –         694,167,153         –         –         –         –         694,167,153
    Total                  1,277,737,693         468,579,450                  13,412,457         266,428         1,759,996,028

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report. 

    Egypt

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    EGYPTIAN GENERAL PETROLEUM CORPORATION         –         41,164,348         –         1,836,435         –         –         43,000,783
    Total                  41,164,348                  1,836,435                           43,000,783
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    EGYPT OFFSHORE DEVELOPMENT         –         41,164,348         –         540,000         –         –         41,704,348
    Entity level payment              
    SHELL EGYPT N.V.         –         –         –         1,296,435         –         –         1,296,435
    Total                  41,164,348                  1,836,435                           43,000,783

    [I] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report. 

    Nigeria

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements   Taxes   Royalties   Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments                    
    FEDERAL INLAND REVENUE SERVICE         –           648,734,398 [A]         –           –         –         –         648,734,398
    NATIONAL AGENCY FOR SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING INFRASTRUCTURE         –           –           –           –         3,931,917         –         3,931,917
    NIGER DELTA DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION         –           –           –           –         97,260,899         –         97,260,899
    NIGERIAN NATIONAL PETROLEUM CORPORATION         3,804,949,166 [B]         –           –           –         –         –         3,804,949,166
    NIGERIAN UPSTREAM PETROLEUM REGULATORY COMMISSION         –           –           780,231,463 [C]         –         1,732,350         –         781,963,813
    Total         3,804,949,166           648,734,398           780,231,463                    102,925,166                  5,336,840,193
                         
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements   Taxes   Royalties   Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects                    
    EAST ASSET         1,300,681,939 [D]         –           –           –         –         –         1,300,681,939
    PSC 1993 (OML 133)         –           136,652,153 [E]         –           –         –         –         136,652,153
    PSC 1993 (OPL 212/OML 118, OPL 219/OML 135)         649,948,707 [F]         303,125,852 [G]         452,170,096 [H]         –         32,015,797         –         1,437,260,452
    WEST ASSET         1,854,318,520 [I]         –           –           –         –         –         1,854,318,520
    Entity level payment                    
    SHELL NIGERIA EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION COMPANY LIMITED             –           –           –         440,468         –         440,468
    THE SHELL PETROLEUM DEVELOPMENT COMPANY OF NIGERIA LIMITED             208,956,393           328,061,367             70,468,901           607,486,661
    Total         3,804,949,166           648,734,398           780,231,463                    102,925,166                  5,336,840,193

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    [A] Includes payment in kind of $439,778,005 for 5,293 kboe valuated at market price.

    [B] Includes payment in kind of $3,804,949,166 for 80,289 kboe valuated at market price.

    [C] Includes payment in kind of $452,170,096 for 5,432 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [D] Includes payment in kind of $1,300,681,939 for 49,766 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [E] Includes payment in kind of $136,652,153 for 1,654 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [F] Includes payment in kind of $649,948,707 for 7,916 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [G] Includes payment in kind of $303,125,852 for 3,639 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [H] Includes payment in kind of $452,170,096 for 5,432 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [I] Includes payment in kind of $1,854,318,520 for 22,607 kboe valuated at market price.

    Sao Tome and Principe

      Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    AGÊNCIA NACIONAL DO PETRÓLEO DE SÃO TOMÉ E PRÍNCIPE         –         –         –         1,300,000         –         –         1,300,000
    Total                                    1,300,000                           1,300,000
                   
      Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    DW BLOCK 4         –         –         –         1,300,000         –         –         1,300,000
    Total                                    1,300,000                           1,300,000

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    Tanzania

      Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    PETROLEUM UPSTREAM REGULATORY AUTHORITY         –         –         –         –         140,000         –         140,000
    Total                                             140,000                  140,000
                   
      Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    BLOCK 1 AND 4         –         –         –         –         140,000         –         140,000
    Total                                             140,000                  140,000

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report. 

    Tunisia

      Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties   Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments                
    ENTREPRISE TUNISIENNE D’ACTIVITÉS PÉTROLIÈRES         –         –         2,140,627 [A]         –         –         –         2,140,627
    LE RECEVEUR DES FINANCES DU LAC         –         24,904,580         2,801,006           –         –         –         27,705,586
    Total                  24,904,580         4,941,633                                      29,846,213
                     
      Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties   Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects                
    HASDRUBAL CONCESSION         –         24,904,580         4,941,633 [A]         –         –         –         29,846,213
    Total                  24,904,580         4,941,633                                      29,846,213

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    [A] Includes payment in kind of $2,140,627 for 37 kboe valuated at market price. 

    Canada

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    GOVERNMENT OF ALBERTA         –         –         656,638         –         119,099         –         775,737
    MINISTRY OF FINANCE (BRITISH COLUMBIA)         –         –         2,915,313         –         625,526         –         3,540,839
    MINISTRY OF JOBS, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND INNOVATION (BRITISH COLUMBIA)         –         –         –         –         679,158         –         679,158
    PROVINCIAL TREASURER OF ALBERTA         –         60,864,405         –         –         –         –         60,864,405
    RECEIVER GENERAL FOR CANADA         –         111,702,667         1,126,040         –         –         –         112,828,707
    Total                  172,567,072         4,697,991                  1,423,783                  178,688,846
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    ATHABASCA OIL SANDS         –         172,567,072         –         –         –         –         172,567,072
    FOOTHILLS         –         –         1,126,040         –         –         –         1,126,040
    GREATER DEEP BASIN         –         –         656,638         –         119,099         –         775,737
    GROUNDBIRCH         –         –         2,915,313         –         1,304,684         –         4,219,997
    Total                  172,567,072         4,697,991                  1,423,783                  178,688,846

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report. 

    Mexico

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    FONDO MEXICANO DEL PETRÓLEO PARA LA ESTABILIZACIÓN Y EL DESARROLLO         –         –         –         –         17,154,483         –         17,154,483
    SERVICIO DE ADMINISTRACIÓN TRIBUTARIA         –         –         –         –         4,372,519         –         4,372,519
    Total                                             21,527,002                  21,527,002
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Entity level payment              
    MEXICO EXPLORATION DEEPWATER         –         –         –         –         21,527,002         –         21,527,002
    Total                                             21,527,002                  21,527,002

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    USA

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    ALASKA DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES         –         –         –         –         243,408         –         243,408
    COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA         –         -400,000         –         –         –         –         -400,000
    INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE         –         53,638,500         –         –         –         –         53,638,500
    LOUISIANA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND DEVELOPMENT         –         –         –         –         –         860,822         860,822
    OFFICE OF NATURAL RESOURCES REVENUE         –         –         1,187,594,021         –         80,435,119         –         1,268,029,140
    Total                  53,238,500         1,187,594,021                  80,678,527         860,822         1,322,371,870
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    ALASKA EXPLORATION         –         –         –         –         243,408         –         243,408
    GULF OF AMERICA (CENTRAL)         –         –         1,076,187,269         –         282,312         –         1,076,469,581
    GULF OF AMERICA (WEST)         –         –         111,406,752         –         126,720         –         111,533,472
    GULF OF AMERICA EXPLORATION         –         –         –         –         80,026,087         –         80,026,087
    Entity level payment              
    SHELL EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION COMPANY         –         -400,000         –         –         –         –         -400,000
    SHELL OFFSHORE INC.         –         –         –         –         –         860,822         860,822
    SHELL PETROLEUM INC.         –         53,638,500         –         –         –         –         53,638,500
    Total                  53,238,500         1,187,594,021                  80,678,527         860,822         1,322,371,870

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report. 

    Argentina

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments                
    AGENCIA DE RECAUDACIÓN Y CONTROL ADUANERO         –           1,984,309         –         –         –         –         1,984,309
    GAS Y PETRÓLEO DEL NEUQUÉN S.A.         53,082,051 [A]         –         –         –         –         –         53,082,051
    PROVINCIA DE SALTA         –           –         2,475,819         –         –         –         2,475,819
    PROVINCIA DEL NEUQUÉN         –           –         141,493,849         –         123,276         –         141,617,125
    Total         53,082,051           1,984,309         143,969,668                  123,276                  199,159,304
                     
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects                
    ACAMBUCO         –           –         2,475,819         –         –         –         2,475,819
    ARGENTINA UNCONVENTIONAL PROJECTS         53,082,051 [A]         1,984,309         141,493,849         –         123,276         –         196,683,485
    Total         53,082,051           1,984,309         143,969,668                  123,276                  199,159,304

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    [A] Includes payment in kind of $53,082,051 for 785 kboe valuated at market price.

    Brazil

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments                
    AGÊNCIA NACIONAL DO PETRÓLEO GÁS NATURAL E BIOCOMBUSTÍVEIS         –           –         –         9,540,351         –         –         9,540,351
    MINISTÉRIO DA FAZENDA         –           –         1,147,687,680         –         1,556,282,443         –         2,703,970,123
    PRÉ-SAL PETRÓLEO S.A.         327,688,819 [A]         –         –         –         –         –         327,688,819
    RECEITA FEDERAL DO BRASIL         –           656,740,954         –         –         –         –         656,740,954
    Total         327,688,819           656,740,954         1,147,687,680         9,540,351         1,556,282,443                  3,697,940,247
                     
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements   Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects                
    BASIN EXPLORATION PROJECTS         –           –         –         9,540,351         3,244,993         –         12,785,344
    BC-10         –           –         31,254,519         –         1,251,598         –         32,506,117
    BIJUPIRA AND SALEMA         –           –         –         –         501,608         –         501,608
    BM-S-9, BM-S-9A, BM-S-11, BM-S-11A AND ENTORNO DE SAPINHOÁ         29,716,011 [B]         –         882,483,636         –         1,551,284,244         –         2,463,483,891
    LIBRA PSC         297,972,808 [C]         –         233,949,525         –         –         –         531,922,333
    Entity level payment                
    SHELL BRASIL PETROLEO LTDA.         –           656,740,954         –         –         –         –         656,740,954
    Total         327,688,819           656,740,954         1,147,687,680         9,540,351         1,556,282,443                  3,697,940,247

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    [A] Includes payment in kind of $327,688,819 for 4,585 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [B] Includes payment in kind of $29,716,011 for 410 kboe valuated at market price. 

    [C] Includes payment in kind of $297,972,808 for 4,175 kboe valuated at market price.

    Colombia

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    AGENCIA NACIONAL DE HIDROCARBUROS         –         –         –         –         489,880         –         489,880
    Total                                             489,880                  489,880
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    COLOMBIA EXPLORATION (OPERATED)         –         –         –         –         489,880         –         489,880
    Total                                             489,880                  489,880

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    Trinidad and Tobago

    Government report (in USD) [1]
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Governments              
    MINISTRY OF FINANCE         –         561,771         –         –         –         –         561,771
    MINISTRY OF ENERGY AND ENERGY INDUSTRIES         362,690,585         –         2,210,566         300,000         13,719,070         –         378,920,221
    Total         362,690,585         561,771         2,210,566         300,000         13,719,070                  379,481,992
                   
    Project report (in USD)
      Production entitlements Taxes Royalties Bonuses Fees Infrastructure improvements Total
    Projects              
    BLOCK 5C         84,428,910         –         –         –         1,714,071         –         86,142,981
    CENTRAL BLOCK         –         561,771         2,210,566         –         900,921         –         3,673,258
    COLIBRI         120,876,414         –         –         –         3,332,208         –         124,208,622
    DEEPWATER ATLANTIC AREA         –         –         –         –         537,570         –         537,570
    EAST COAST MARINE AREA         99,098,428         –         –         –         2,100,156         –         101,198,584
    EXPLORATION         –         –         –         300,000         2,017,530         –         2,317,530
    MANATEE         –         –         –         –         847,999         –         847,999
    NORTH COAST MARINE AREA 1         58,286,833         –         –         –         2,268,615         –         60,555,448
    Total         362,690,585         561,771         2,210,566         300,000         13,719,070                  379,481,992

    [1] For the definitions of any terms used in this chart (e.g. activities and payment types), please refer to pages 1-2 of this Report.

    Cautionary note
    The companies in which Shell plc directly and indirectly owns investments are separate legal entities. In this Report “Shell”, “Shell Group” and “Group” are sometimes used for convenience to reference Shell plc and its subsidiaries in general. Likewise, the words “we”, “us” and “our” are also used to refer to Shell plc and its subsidiaries in general or to those who work for them. These terms are also used where no useful purpose is served by identifying the particular entity or entities. ‘‘Subsidiaries’’, “Shell subsidiaries” and “Shell companies” as used in this Report refer to entities over which Shell plc either directly or indirectly has control. The terms “joint venture”, “joint operations”, “joint arrangements”, and “associates” may also be used to refer to a commercial arrangement in which Shell has a direct or indirect ownership interest with one or more parties. The term “Shell interest” is used for convenience to indicate the direct and/or indirect ownership interest held by Shell in an entity or unincorporated joint arrangement, after exclusion of all third-party interest.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Correction: Jyske Realkredit’s auctions for 1 July 2025 refinancing

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CORRECTION: Only to the appendix

    To Nasdaq Copenhagen A/S                                            2 May 2025

    Announcement 37 /2025

    Jyske Realkredit’s auctions for 1 July 2025 refinancing
            
    Jyske Realkredit plans to carry out the auctions Tuesday 27th of May 2025 for loans in cover pool E.

    The refinancing amount and bonds to be offered are specified in the table below:

      Open Close Alloc. Name ISIN Amount mill. LCR
    Tuesday 27 May 10:00 10:30 10:35 Var. 422.E.OA Cb3.ju29 RF DK0009417198 14000m 1B
      11:00 11:30 11:35 Var. G422.E.OA Cb3.ju29 RF DK0009417271 8000m 1B

    Auction terms appear in the appendix.

    Questions regarding the bond sale as well as technical matters may be addressed to Jyske Realkredit, Lars Hasløv, Director, tel. (+45) 89 89 92 18 or Christian Bech-Ravn, Director, Head of Investor Relations, tel. (+45) 89 89 92 25.

    The information will also be available on Jyske Realkredit’s web site at jyskerealkredit.com.

    Yours sincerely,
    Jyske Realkredit

    Please observe that the Danish version of this announcement prevail.

    Appendix – Auctions terms

    Refinancing principles floating-rate loans
    Floating-rate loans are refinanced at one auction on 27rd of May 2025. The bonds are offered and settled at a price of 100.20. 

    Based on the offer price, bids must be made in terms of the reference rate spread used for the regular coupon fixing. Bids must be placed correct to one basis point.

    For all bonds bids must be made in multiples of DKK 1,000,000

    Type of auction
    The auction of bonds in capital centres E will be conducted on Bloomberg’s auction system.

    Allotment 
    All bids below the cut-off fixing spread will be settled in full at the cut-off fixing spread. 

    For bids at the exact cut-off fixing spread, proportional allocation may be used. No bids above the cut-off fixing spread will be settled.

    All trades concluded will be published through Nasdaq Copenhagen.

    Allotment at the auction will take place as soon as possible, and not later than 5 minutes after closing.

    Value date
    All bonds will be subject to long settlement. The value date of all trades executed at the auction will be 1st of July 2025.

    Reverse facility
    As the bonds traded will be subject to long settlement, Jyske Realkredit offers a reverse facility to auction participants whose bids have been accepted and who require the bonds after only two days.
    By means of the reverse facility, Jyske Realkredit offers to sell the allotted bonds subject to the conventional two settlement days and subsequently repurchase them with 1st of July 2025 as the value date.

    The size of the reverse facility will be determined on an individual basis but cannot exceed the amount allotted to each individual bidder.

    The reverse facility can be made conditional on the investor providing a corresponding amount of Jyske Realkredit covered bonds (SDO) or mortgage bonds (RO) maturing on 1st of July 2025.

    Reverse facilities will be arranged on an individual basis by contacting Jyske Realkredit

    Credit Ratings
    All auctioned bonds issued through Capital Centre E are rated AAA by S&P.

    Reservations regarding auctions
    If, contrary to expectations, technical problems should prevent Jyske Realkredit from conducting an auction through Bloombergs auction system, a stock ex-change announcement will be issued containing the practical details of the auction.

    Other terms
    Jyske Realkredit is not obliged to sell the announced offering, and the offering may furthermore be subject to changes following loan disbursements in the auction period. In addition, the entire or parts of the offering may be postponed, but not later than the second-last business day of this quarter.
    On or before the second-last business day of this quarter, it must be ascertained whether the number of purchasers was sufficient for all the covered bonds offered. If a sale of bonds has to be cancelled, the market will be notified immediately by a stock exchange announcement.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: T1 Energy Reports First Quarter 2025 Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    AUSTIN, Texas and NEW YORK, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — T1 Energy Inc. (NYSE: TE) (“T1,” “T1 Energy,” or the “Company”) reported financial and operating results for the first quarter 2025 today.

    Headlines

    • T1 has signed 253 MW 2025 sales agreement with U.S. utility-scale developer. This sales agreement, which is the first new customer commitment the Company has signed as T1 Energy, underscores T1’s commercial appeal to U.S. developer customers. With this sales agreement, T1 has now secured 1.75 GW of 2025 customer module sales and offtake commitments for G1 Dallas.
    • Reducing 2025 guidance, maintaining integrated G1/G2 guidance. T1 is lowering its 2025 full-year EBITDA guidance to $25 – $50 million from a prior range of $75 – $125 million based on a reduced production forecast of 2.6 – 3.0 GW from a prior expectation of 3.4 GW. The reduction in 2025 guidance reflects T1’s assumption of limited to no merchant sales from G1 Dallas during 2025 due to near-term trade policy uncertainties that are obscuring Bill of Materials cost visibility and creating a temporary lull in bidding activity, the elective conversion of three production lines from PERC to TOPCon technology, and a potential 800 MW inventory build. At the low-end of the updated EBITDA guidance range, T1 expects to exit 2025 with a cash and liquidity position of more than $100 million after approximately $70 million of cash debt service. There are no changes to T1’s projected $650 – $700 million annual run-rate EBITDA estimate based on optimized production at G1 Dallas and G2 Austin.
    • G1 Dallas revenues and production continue to ramp. Following the full handover of G1 Dallas to T1’s operating team in April, the Company’s U.S. module manufacturing facility has continued to ramp sales and production volumes. During Q1 2025, T1 generated $64.6 million of revenue from G1 Dallas exclusively associated with deliveries under the Trina offtake contract. During Q2 2025, deliveries under the RWE offtake contract have commenced. As of May 11th, T1 had produced 690 MW of modules from G1.
    • T1 has entered into a Heads of Agreement with a partner aligned with the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia to explore a potential investment in G2 Austin. T1 announced this morning that the Company has entered into a non-binding agreement to pursue an investment in the Company’s planned G2 Austin U.S. solar cell manufacturing facility. The agreement was signed at a ceremony in Riyadh this week hosted by the Saudi Ministry of Investment to commemorate the U.S. administration’s ‘America First’ program and the Kingdom’s commitment to investing in critical U.S. energy infrastructure projects.

    “T1’s rapid corporate transformation gained momentum during and following the first quarter,” said Daniel Barcelo, T1’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. “Although potential changes to trade policy are creating near-term uncertainties in the merchant sales market for T1 and our developer customers, we are well positioned to manage this sales environment with 1.7 GW of 2025 contracted module offtake coverage, a robust cash and liquidity position, and the continued production and sales ramp up at G1 Dallas. In addition, our plans to establish a vertically integrated U.S. solar value chain, coupled with our domestic content strategy, are generating meaningful interest from customers, prospective capital providers, and industrial partners. As we sprint forward with our key strategic initiatives, we will continue to prioritize value generating opportunities that enhance T1’s competitive position as an emerging leader in the U.S. solar and storage markets.”

    Highlights of First Quarter 2025 and Subsequent Events

    • G1 Dallas fully operational following term conversion of construction loan. On April 30th, T1 achieved term conversion of the G1 Dallas construction loan to a $235 million term loan in line with the previously communicated timeline. The conversion of the loan was conditioned upon third-party verification that construction, commissioning, and testing of all G1 Dallas production line equipment was complete. All production lines have been handed over to T1’s operations team.
    • Key additions strengthen T1’s leadership team. On April 28th, T1 announced the additions of Andy Munro as Chief Legal Officer and Russell Gold as Executive Vice President of Strategic Communications. Mr. Munro and Mr. Gold bring deep solar energy legal and communications experience to T1’s mission to create a vertically integrated, solar plus storage manufacturing and technology leader in the United States.
    • U.S. tariffs align with T1’s strategy to establish an integrated U.S. solar value chain based on high domestic content. On April 4th, T1 published a communication highlighting the potential long-term benefits to T1 from its domestic vertical integration strategy. Although solar industrial and tariff policy uncertainty are creating some near-term headwinds for T1 and utility-scale developers, T1 believes that it is positioned to benefit from public policies that promote U.S. manufacturing, technology transfer, and job creation.

    Business Outlook and Guidance

    • Reducing 2025 guidance, maintaining integrated G1/G2 guidance. T1 is lowering its 2025 full-year EBITDA guidance to $25 – $50 million from a prior range of $75 – $125 million based on a reduced production forecast of 2.6 – 3.0 GW from a prior expectation of 3.4 GW. The reduction in 2025 guidance reflects T1’s assumption of limited to no merchant sales from G1 Dallas during 2025 due to near-term trade policy uncertainties that are obscuring Bill of Materials cost visibility and creating a temporary lull in bidding activity; the elective conversion of three production lines from PERC to TOPCon technology; and a potential 800 MW inventory build. There are no changes to T1’s projected $650 – $700 million annual run-rate EBITDA estimate based on optimized production at G1 Dallas and G2 Austin.
    • Strong liquidity outlook despite reductions to 2025 to EBITDA guidance. At the low-end of T1’s updated 2025 EBITDA guidance range, the Company expects to exit 2025 with a cash and liquidity position of more than $100 million after approximately $70 million of cash debt service. T1’s significant liquidity position is supported by 1.5 GW of high-margin customer offtake contracts, the anticipated start of Section 45X Production Tax Credit (“PTC”) monetizations in Q2 or Q3 2025, and the expected roll off of $20 million of legacy annual General & Administrative expenses by 2026 associated with the wind down of T1’s legacy European business.
    • T1 is advancing financing processes for G2 Austin. T1 initiated several capital formation initiatives in parallel during the first quarter to pursue funding for the Company’s planned G2 Austin U.S. solar cell facility. The Company is currently advancing a project financing with its consortium of commercial lenders, the monetization of Section 45X PTCs, and possible mezzanine financing options to complement expected customer offtake deposits to reserve G2 capacity.
    • Update on European Portfolio Optimization. The Company continues to make progress with the wind down of legacy European operations and the European Portfolio Optimization initiative. As personnel-related expenses roll off T1’s P&L, cost savings from the wind down should accelerate later in 2025, representing a projected $20 million of General & Administrative costs that will not recur in 2026. T1’s Board of Directors is concurrently overseeing the process of potentially harvesting value from legacy European assets, including Giga Arctic, the Customer Qualification Plant, and the Giga Vasa project. Securing access to additional power for these assets is expected to be a key value driver, and T1 will provide additional updates as the process develops.

    Q1 2025 Results Overview

    • T1 Energy reported a net loss attributable to common stockholders for the first quarter 2025 of $17.1 million, or $0.11 per diluted share compared to a net loss of $28.5 million, or $0.20 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2024. Net loss from continuing operations was $4.1 million, or $0.03 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $11.3 million or $0.08 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2024. Net loss from discontinued operations was $12.1 million or $0.08 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025 compared to $17.4 million or $0.12 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2024.
    • As of March 31, 2025, T1 had cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash of $51.1 million.

    Presentation of First Quarter 2025 Results

    A presentation will be held today, May, 15, 2025, at 8:00 am Eastern Daylight Time to discuss financial and operating results for the first quarter. The results and presentation material will be available for download at https://ir.t1energy.com/.

    To access the conference call, listeners should proceed as follows:

    1. Click on the call link and complete the online registration form.
    2. Upon registering, you will receive dial-in information and a unique PIN to join the call as well as an email confirmation with details.
    3. Select a method for joining the call:
      1. Dial in: A dial in number and unique PIN are displayed to connect directly by phone.
      2. Call Me: Enter your phone number and a click “Call Me” for an immediate callback from the system. The call will come from a U.S. number.
      3. The call will also be available by clicking the webcast link.

        About T1 Energy

        T1 Energy Inc. (NYSE: TE) is an energy solutions provider building an integrated U.S. supply chain for solar and batteries. In December 2024, T1 completed a transformative transaction, positioning the Company as one of the leading solar manufacturing companies in the United States, with a complementary solar and battery storage strategy. Based in the United States with plans to expand its operations in America, the Company is also exploring value optimization opportunities across its portfolio of assets in Europe.

        To learn more about T1, please visit www.T1energy.com and follow us on social media.

        Investor contact:

        Jeffrey Spittel
        EVP, Investor Relations and Corporate Development
        jeffrey.spittel@T1energy.com
        Tel: +1 409 599-5706

        Media contact:

        Russell Gold
        EVP, Strategic Communications
        russell.gold@T1energy.com
        Tel: +1 214 616-9715

        Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements:

        This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this press release that do not relate to matters of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements, including without limitation with respect to: the Company’s commercial appeal to U.S. developer customers; the Company’s financial, production and operational guidance; the existence of trade policy uncertainties and lack of cost visibility; the Company’s inventory build resulting from production at G1; the Company’s projected cash and liquidity position; the ability of the Company to ramp sales and production volumes at G1; the speed and success of the Company’s corporate transformation; the Company’s ability to manage the current sales environment; the Company’s plans to establish a vertically integrated U.S. solar value chain, coupled with its domestic content strategy; interest from the Company’s customers, prospective capital providers and industrial partners; the prioritization of value generating opportunities that enhance the Company’s competitive position as an emerging leader in the U.S. solar and storage markets; the potential for an investment in the Company’s planned G2 Austin U.S. solar cell manufacturing facility by a partner aligned with the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia; the Company’s potential long-term benefits of tariffs and other public policies that promote U.S. manufacturing, technology transfer, and job creation; the elective conversion of three production lines from PERC to TOPCon technology; the anticipated start of Section 45X Production Tax Credit (“PTC”) monetizations in Q2 or Q3 2025; the expected roll off of $20 million of legacy annual General & Administrative expenses by 2026 associated with the wind down of T1’s legacy European business; and the Company’s goals and projections for securing project financing at G2; These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations. These statements are neither promises nor guarantees, but involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause actual future events, results, or achievements to be materially different from the Company’s expectations and projections expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors include, but are not limited to, those discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in (i) T1’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 31, 2025, as amended and supplemented by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on April 30, 2025, (ii) T1’s post-effective amendment no. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on January 4, 2024, and (iii) T1’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on September 8, 2023 and subsequent amendments thereto filed on October 13, 2023, October 19, 2023 and October 31, 2023. All of the above referenced filings are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this press release and are based on information available to the Company as of the date of this press release, and the Company assumes no obligation to update such forward-looking statements, all of which are expressly qualified by the statements in this section, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

        T1 intends to use its website as a channel of distribution to disclose information which may be of interest or material to investors and to communicate with investors and the public. Such disclosures will be included on T1’s website in the ‘Investor Relations’ section. T1, and its CEO and Chairman of the Board, Daniel Barcelo, also intend to use certain social media channels, including, but not limited to, X, LinkedIn and Instagram, as means of communicating with the public and investors about T1, its progress, products, and other matters. While not all the information that T1 or Daniel Barcelo post to their respective digital platforms may be deemed to be of a material nature, some information may be. As a result, T1 encourages investors and others interested to review the information that it and Daniel Barcelo posts and to monitor such portions of T1’s website and social media channels on a regular basis, in addition to following T1’s press releases, SEC filings, and public conference calls and webcasts. The contents of T1’s website and its and Daniel Barcelo’s social media channels shall not be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

            March 31, 2025   December 31, 2024
        ASSETS
        Current assets:        
        Cash and cash equivalents   $ 48,881     $ 72,641  
        Restricted cash     2,210       4,004  
        Accounts receivable trade, net – related parties     18,005        
        Government grants receivable, net     14,080       687  
        Inventory     333,032       274,549  
        Advances to suppliers     164,248       164,811  
        Other current assets     7,908       1,569  
        Current assets of discontinued operations     38,312       64,909  
        Total current assets     626,676       583,170  
        Property and equipment, net     310,246       285,187  
        Goodwill     74,527       74,527  
        Intangible assets, net     270,686       281,881  
        Right-of-use asset under operating leases     149,570       111,081  
        Total assets   $ 1,431,705     $ 1,335,846  
        LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
        Current liabilities:        
        Accounts payable   $ 108,532     $ 61,708  
        Accrued liabilities and other     76,845       91,346  
        Deferred revenue     61,525       48,155  
        Derivative liabilities     1,556       14,905  
        Current portion of long-term debt     56,492       42,867  
        Current portion of long-term debt – related party     59,000       51,500  
        Payables to related parties     88,947       52,534  
        Current liabilities of discontinued operations     40,204       51,009  
        Total current liabilities     493,101       414,024  
        Long-term deferred revenue     30,000       32,000  
        Convertible note – related party     82,083       80,698  
        Operating lease liability     139,921       101,787  
        Long-term debt     170,753       188,316  
        Long-term debt – related party     234,829       238,896  
        Deferred tax liability     20,232       21,227  
        Other long-term liabilities     9,581       21,761  
        Total liabilities     1,180,500       1,098,709  
        Commitments and contingencies        
        Redeemable preferred stock        
        Convertible series A preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000 issued and outstanding as of both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 (includes accrued dividends and accretion of $978 and $87 as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively)     49,266       48,375  
        Stockholders’ equity:        
        Common stock, $0.01 par value, 155,938 issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and 155,928 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024     1,559       1,559  
        Additional paid-in capital     974,767       971,416  
        Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (32,910 )     (58,975 )
        Accumulated deficit     (741,477 )     (725,238 )
        Total equity     201,939       188,762  
        Total liabilities, redeemable preferred stock, and equity   $ 1,431,705     $ 1,335,846  
         
         
            Three months ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Net sales – related parties   $ 64,647     $  
        Cost of sales     35,671        
        Gross profit     28,976        
        Selling, general and administrative     52,587       15,004  
        Loss from continuing operations     (23,611 )     (15,004 )
        Other income (expense):        
        Warrant liability fair value adjustment     1,567       146  
        Derivative liabilities fair value adjustment     25,229        
        Interest (expense) income, net     (9,853 )     1,405  
        Foreign currency transaction (loss) gain     (14 )     554  
        Other income, net     34       1,594  
        Total other income     16,963       3,699  
        Loss from continuing operations before income taxes     (6,648 )     (11,305 )
        Income tax benefit     2,513        
        Net loss from continuing operations     (4,135 )     (11,305 )
        Net loss from discontinued operations, net of tax     (12,104 )     (17,385 )
        Net loss     (16,239 )     (28,690 )
        Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests           147  
        Preferred dividends and accretion     (891 )      
        Net loss attributable to common stockholders   $ (17,130 )   $ (28,543 )
                 
        Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding – basic and diluted     155,933       139,705  
        Net loss per share from continuing operations – basic and diluted   $ (0.03 )   $ (0.08 )
        Net loss per share from discontinued operations – basic and diluted   $ (0.08 )   $ (0.12 )
        Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders – basic and diluted   $ (0.11 )   $ (0.20 )
                 
        Other comprehensive income (loss):        
        Net loss   $ (16,239 )   $ (28,690 )
        Foreign currency translation adjustments     26,065       (26,044 )
        Total comprehensive income (loss)     9,826       (54,734 )
        Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests           147  
        Preferred dividends and accretion     (891 )      
        Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ 8,935     $ (54,587 )
         
         
            Three months ended March 31,
              2025       2024  
        Cash flows from operating activities:        
        Net loss   $ (16,239 )   $ (28,690 )
        Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities:        
        Share-based compensation expense     3,939       3,551  
        Depreciation and amortization     14,678       2,211  
        Change in fair value of derivative liabilities     (25,229 )      
        Gain on sale of property and equipment     (5,675 )      
        Accretion of discount on long-term debt     4,640        
        Reduction in the carrying amount of right-of-use assets     1,689       277  
        Warrant liability fair value adjustment     (1,567 )     (146 )
        Deferred income taxes     (995 )      
        Share of net loss of equity method investee     425       156  
        Foreign currency transaction net unrealized gain     251       (1,359 )
        Other     1,311        
        Changes in assets and liabilities:        
        Inventory     (58,483 )      
        Advances to suppliers and other current assets     (358 )     2,852  
        Trade accounts receivable     (18,005 )      
        Government grants receivable     (13,393 )      
        Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other     56,827       4,930  
        Deferred revenue     11,370        
        Net cash used in operating activities     (44,814 )     (16,218 )
        Cash flows from investing activities:        
        Proceeds from the return of property and equipment deposits     1,202       19,021  
        Purchases of property and equipment     (29,141 )     (21,455 )
        Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment     50,000        
        Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     22,061       (2,434 )
        Cash flows from financing activities:        
        Debt fees paid     (3,760 )      
        Net cash used in financing activities     (3,760 )      
        Effect of changes in foreign exchange rates on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash     959       (4,324 )
        Net decrease in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash     (25,554 )     (22,976 )
        Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period     76,645       275,742  
        Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period   $ 51,091     $ 252,766  
         

        A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/41e3f5da-8114-4e43-9b08-944982bb0e1d

      The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Katapult Delivers 15.4% Gross Originations and 10.6% Revenue Growth in the First Quarter, Above Outlook

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Expects Growth to Accelerate In Second Quarter
    Reiterates 2025 Guidance

    PLANO, Texas, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Katapult Holdings, Inc. (“Katapult” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: KPLT), an e-commerce-focused financial technology company, today reported its financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    “2025 is off to a strong start and we are well positioned to achieve our full year targets,” said Orlando Zayas, CEO of Katapult. “We achieved double-digit gross originations and revenue growth, driven by increasing engagement with the Katapult app marketplace, including 57% growth in KPay originations. Our marketplace is thriving – from application growth to repeat purchase rates, to high Net Promoter scores and beyond, we believe we have all the hallmarks of a healthy ecosystem and we intend to lean into opportunities to accelerate our growth. We are excited about the future and as we continue to execute on our consumer and merchant initiatives, we feel confident that we can create value for all of our stakeholders.”

    Operating Progress: Recent Highlights

    • Increased activity within the Katapult app marketplace
      • ~59% of first quarter gross originations started in the Katapult app marketplace, making it the single largest customer referral source. Total app originations grew 42% year-over-year.
      • Applications grew ~59% year-over-year in the first quarter
      • Customer satisfaction remained high and Katapult had a Net Promoter Score of 66 as of March 31, 2025
      • 57.4% of gross originations for the first quarter of 2025 came from repeat customers1
    • Grew consumer engagement by adding app functionality and features and executing targeted marketing campaigns
      • KPay conversion rate increased during the first quarter leading to unique customer count growth of more than 65% year-over-year
      • KPay gross originations grew approximately 57% year-over-year in the first quarter; 35% of total gross originations were transacted using KPay
      • Launched Ashley and Bed Bath & Beyond in the Katapult app marketplace, bringing the total number of merchants in our KPay ecosystem to 35
    • Made strong progress against merchant engagement initiatives
      • Direct and waterfall gross originations, which represented 65% of total first quarter originations, grew approximately 40%, excluding the home furnishings and mattress category
      • Continued to expand our waterfall partnerships by kicking off a new partnership with Finti, a modern waterfall financing platform that connects consumers with a curated network of lenders and financing providers
      • Together with several merchant-partners, we launched targeted co-branded, co-promoted marketing campaigns that delivered year-over-year gross originations growth ranging from 7% to more than 75% depending on the campaign

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights

    (All comparisons are year-over-year unless stated otherwise.)

    • Gross originations were $64.2 million, an increase of 15.4%. Excluding the home furnishings and mattress category, gross originations grew 51% year-over-year.
    • Total revenue was $71.9 million, an increase of 10.6%
    • Total operating expenses in the first quarter increased 17.3%. Our fixed cash operating expenses2, which exclude litigation settlement and other non-cash and variable expenses, increased approximately 10.8%.
    • Net loss was $5.7 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared with net loss of $0.6 million reported for the first quarter of 2024. The higher net loss was mainly due to higher cost of sales and higher operating expenses.
    • Adjusted net loss2 was $3.4 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to adjusted net income of $1.0 million reported for the first quarter of 2024
    • Adjusted EBITDA2 was $2.2 million for the first quarter of 2025 compared to Adjusted EBITDA2 of $5.6 million in the first quarter of 2024. The year-over-year performance was impacted by higher cost of sales related to rapid, faster-than-expected gross originations growth during the first quarter of 2025 and the end of the fourth quarter of 2024.
    • Katapult ended the quarter with total cash and cash equivalents of $14.3 million, which includes $8.3 million of restricted cash. The Company ended the quarter with $77.8 million of outstanding debt on its credit facility.
    • Write-offs as a percentage of revenue were 9.0% in the first quarter of 2025 and are within the Company’s 8% to 10% long-term target range. This compares with 8.4% in the first quarter of 2024.

    [1] Repeat customer rate is defined as the percentage of in-quarter originations from existing customers.
    [2] Please refer to the “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measure and Certain Other Data” section and the GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliation tables below for more information.

    Second Quarter and Full Year 2025 Business Outlook

    The Company is continuing to navigate a challenging macro environment particularly within the home furnishings category. Given the current breadth of our merchant selection as well as our plans to introduce new merchants to the Katapult App Marketplace during 2025, our strategic marketing and our strong consumer offering, we believe we are well positioned to deliver continued growth in 2025. We continue to believe that we have a large addressable market of underserved, non-prime consumers, and it’s important to note that lease-to-own solutions have historically benefited when prime credit options become less available.

    Given our quarter-to-date progress, Katapult expects the following results for the second quarter of 2025:

    • 25% to 30% year-over-year increase in gross originations
    • 17% to 20% year-over-year increase in revenue
    • Approximately breakeven Adjusted EBITDA

    Based on the macroeconomic assumptions above and the operating plan in place for the full year 2025, Katapult is reiterating its expectations for full year 2025:

    • We expect gross originations to grow at least 20%

    This outlook does not include any material impact from prime creditors tightening or loosening above us and assumes that there are no significant changes to the macro environment.

    Both our second quarter and full year outlooks assume that the gross originations for the home furnishings and mattress category do not improve materially from our 2024 performance.

    • We also expect to maintain strong credit quality in our portfolio. This will be driven by ongoing enhancements to our risk modeling, onboarding high quality new merchants through integrations, and repeat customers engaging with Katapult Pay
    • Revenue growth is expected to be at least 20%
    • Finally, with the continued execution of our disciplined expense management strategy combined with our growing top-line, we expect to deliver at least $10 million in positive Adjusted EBITDA

    “The first quarter came in stronger than our outlook, and we are continuing to successfully grow our top-line without meaningfully increasing our expense base,” said Nancy Walsh, CFO of Katapult. “The second quarter is off to a great start and we believe we can continue to scale our business by offering a transparent and fair LTO product to consumers and a growth engine to our partners. Our team’s hard work and agile execution is fueling our growth and we are looking forward to a great 2025.”

    Conference Call and Webcast

    The Company will host a conference call and webcast at 8:00 AM ET on Thursday, May 15, 2025, to discuss the Company’s financial results. Related presentation materials will be available before the call on the Company’s Investor Relations page at https://ir.katapultholdings.com. The conference call will be broadcast live in listen-only mode and an archive of the webcast will be available for one year.

    About Katapult

    Katapult is a technology driven lease-to-own platform that integrates with omnichannel retailers and e-commerce platforms to power the purchasing of everyday durable goods for underserved U.S. non-prime consumers. Through our point-of-sale (POS) integrations and innovative mobile app featuring Katapult Pay(R), consumers who may be unable to access traditional financing can shop a growing network of merchant partners. Our process is simple, fast, and transparent. We believe that seeing the good in people is good for business, humanizing the way underserved consumers get the things they need with payment solutions based on fairness and dignity.

    Contact

    Jennifer Kull
    VP of Investor Relations
    ir@katapult.com

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements included in this Press Release and on our quarterly earnings call that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements for purposes of the safe harbor provisions under the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In some cases, forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potentially,” “predict,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: in this Press Release and on our associated earnings call, statements regarding our second quarter of 2025 and full year 2025 business outlook and underlying expectations and assumptions and statements regarding our ability to obtain a comprehensive maturity extension amendment to our credit facility. These statements are based on various assumptions, whether or not identified in this Press Release, and on the current expectations of our management and are not predictions of actual performance.

    These forward-looking statements are provided for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to serve as, a guarantee, an assurance, a prediction or a definitive statement of fact or probability. Actual events and circumstances are difficult or impossible to predict and will differ from assumptions. Many actual events and circumstances are beyond our control. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including, among others, our ability to refinance our indebtedness and continue as a going concern, the execution of our business strategy and expanding information and technology capabilities; our market opportunity and our ability to acquire new customers and retain existing customers; adoption and success of our mobile application featuring Katapult Pay; the timing and impact of our growth initiatives on our future financial performance; anticipated occurrence and timing of prime lending tightening and impact on our results of operations; general economic conditions in the markets where we operate, the cyclical nature of customer spending, and seasonal sales and spending patterns of customers; risks relating to factors affecting consumer spending that are not under our control, including, among others, levels of employment, disposable consumer income, inflation, prevailing interest rates, consumer debt and availability of credit, consumer confidence in future economic conditions, political conditions, and consumer perceptions of personal well-being and security and willingness and ability of customers to pay for the goods they lease through us when due; risks relating to uncertainty of our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth; risks related to the concentration of a significant portion of our transaction volume with a single merchant partner, or type of merchant or industry; the effects of competition on our future business; meet future liquidity requirements and complying with restrictive covenants related to our long-term indebtedness; the impact of unstable market and economic conditions such as rising inflation and interest rates; reliability of our platform and effectiveness of our risk model; data security breaches or other information technology incidents or disruptions, including cyber-attacks, and the protection of confidential, proprietary, personal and other information, including personal data of customers; ability to attract and retain employees, executive officers or directors; effectively respond to general economic and business conditions; obtain additional capital, including equity or debt financing and servicing our indebtedness; enhance future operating and financial results; anticipate rapid technological changes, including generative artificial intelligence and other new technologies; comply with laws and regulations applicable to our business, including laws and regulations related to rental purchase transactions; stay abreast of modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business, including with respect to rental purchase transactions and privacy regulations; maintain and grow relationships with merchants and partners; respond to uncertainties associated with product and service developments and market acceptance; the impacts of new U.S. federal income tax laws; material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting which, if not identified and remediated, could affect the reliability of our financial statements; successfully defend litigation; litigation, regulatory matters, complaints, adverse publicity and/or misconduct by employees, vendors and/or service providers; and other events or factors, including those resulting from civil unrest, war, foreign invasions (including the conflict involving Russia and Ukraine and the Israel-Hamas conflict), terrorism, public health crises and pandemics (such as COVID-19), trade wars, or responses to such events; our ability to meet the minimum requirements for continued listing on the Nasdaq Global Market; and those factors discussed in greater detail in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in our periodic reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 that we filed with the SEC.

    If any of these risks materialize or our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results could differ materially from the results implied by these forward-looking statements. There may be additional risks that we do not presently know or that we currently believe are immaterial that could also cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. Undue reliance should not be placed on the forward-looking statements in this Press Release or on our quarterly earnings call. All forward-looking statements contained herein or expressed on our quarterly earnings call are based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and we do not assume any obligation to update these statements as a result of new information or future events, except as required by law. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be made that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

    Key Performance Metrics

    Katapult regularly reviews several metrics, including the following key metrics, to evaluate its business, measure its performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions, which may also be useful to an investor: gross originations, total revenue, gross profit, adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA.

    Gross originations are defined as the retail price of the merchandise associated with lease-purchase agreements entered into during the period through the Katapult platform. Gross originations do not represent revenue earned. However, we believe this is a useful operating metric for both Katapult’s management and investors to use in assessing the volume of transactions that take place on Katapult’s platform.

    Total revenue represents the summation of rental revenue and other revenue. Katapult measures this metric to assess the total view of pay through performance of its customers. Management believes looking at these components is useful to an investor as it helps to understand the total payment performance of customers.

    Gross profit represents total revenue less cost of revenue, and is a measure presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). See the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section below for a description and presentation of adjusted gross profit and adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP measures utilized by management.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    To supplement the financial measures presented in this press release and related conference call or webcast in accordance with GAAP, the Company also presents the following non-GAAP and other measures of financial performance: adjusted gross profit, adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net income/(loss) and fixed cash operating expenses. The Company believes that for management and investors to more effectively compare core performance from period to period, the non-GAAP measures should exclude items that are not indicative of our results from ongoing business operations.The Company urges investors to consider non-GAAP measures only in conjunction with its GAAP financials and to review the reconciliation of the Company’s non-GAAP financial measures to its comparable GAAP financial measures, which are included in this press release.

    Adjusted gross profit represents gross profit less variable operating expenses, which are servicing costs, and underwriting fees. Management believes that adjusted gross profit provides a meaningful understanding of one aspect of its performance specifically attributable to total revenue and the variable costs associated with total revenue.

    Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure that is defined as net loss before interest expense and other fees, interest income, change in fair value of warrants and loss on issuance of shares, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization on property and equipment and capitalized software, provision of impairment of leased assets, loss on partial extinguishment of debt, stock-based compensation expense, litigation settlement and other related expenses, and debt refinancing costs.

    Adjusted net income (loss) is a non-GAAP measure that is defined as net loss before change in fair value of warrants and loss on issuance of shares, stock-based compensation expense and litigation settlement and other related expenses and debt refinancing costs.

    Fixed cash operating expenses is a non-GAAP measure that is defined as operating expenses less depreciation and amortization on property and equipment and capitalized software, stock-based compensation expense, litigation settlement and other related expenses, debt refinancing costs, and variable lease costs such as servicing costs and underwriting fees. Management believes that fixed cash operating expenses provides a meaningful understanding of non-variable ongoing expenses.

    Adjusted gross profit, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss are useful to an investor in evaluating the Company’s performance because these measures:

    • Are widely used to measure a company’s operating performance;
    • Are financial measurements that are used by rating agencies, lenders and other parties to evaluate the Company’s credit worthiness; and
    • Are used by the Company’s management for various purposes, including as measures of performance and as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting.

    Management believes that the use of non-GAAP financial measures, as a supplement to GAAP measures, is useful to investors in that they eliminate items that are not part of our core operations, highly variable or do not require a cash outlay, such as stock-based compensation expense. Management uses these non-GAAP financial measures when evaluating operating performance and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. Management believes that these non-GAAP financial measures help indicate underlying trends in the business, are important in comparing current results with prior period results and are useful to investors and financial analysts in assessing operating performance. However, these non-GAAP measures exclude items that are significant in understanding and assessing Katapult’s financial results. Therefore, these measures should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to revenue, net loss, gross profit, cash flows from operations or other measures of profitability, liquidity or performance under GAAP. You should be aware that Katapult’s presentation of these measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

     
    KATAPULT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
    (amounts in thousands, except per share data)
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
           
    Revenue      
    Rental revenue $ 71,078     $ 64,142  
    Other revenue   868       919  
    Total revenue   71,946       65,061  
    Cost of revenue   57,597       48,573  
    Gross profit   14,349       16,488  
    Operating expenses   14,885       12,688  
    Income (loss) from operations   (536 )     3,800  
    Interest expense and other fees   (5,144 )     (4,527 )
    Interest income   57       324  
    Change in fair value of warrant liability   (36 )     (162 )
    Loss before income taxes   (5,659 )     (565 )
    Provision for income taxes   (29 )     (5 )
    Net loss $ (5,688 )   $ (570 )
           
    Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic and diluted   4,618       4,242  
           
    Net loss per common share – basic and diluted $ (1.23 )   $ (0.13 )
     
    KATAPULT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
      March 31,   December 31,
        2025       2024  
      (unaudited)    
    ASSETS      
    Current assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $ 5,965     $ 3,465  
    Restricted cash   8,346       13,087  
    Property held for lease, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment   66,913       67,085  
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   4,445       6,731  
    Total current assets   85,669       90,368  
    Property and equipment, net   244       253  
    Capitalized software and intangible assets, net   2,155       2,076  
    Right-of-use assets, non-current   376       383  
    Security deposits   91       91  
    Total assets $ 88,535     $ 93,171  
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT      
    Current liabilities:      
    Accounts payable $ 3,040     $ 1,491  
    Accrued liabilities   18,945       17,372  
    Accrued litigation settlement   2,199       2,199  
    Unearned revenue   5,711       4,823  
    Revolving line of credit, net   77,663       82,582  
    Term loan, net, current   31,490       30,047  
    Lease liabilities   129       179  
    Total current liabilities   139,177       138,693  
    Lease liabilities, non-current   431       444  
    Other liabilities   614       828  
    Total liabilities   140,222       139,965  
    STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT      
    Common stock, $.0001 par value– 250,000,000 shares authorized; 4,483,544 and 4,446,540 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively          
    Additional paid-in capital   102,452       101,657  
    Accumulated deficit   (154,139 )     (148,451 )
    Total stockholders’ deficit   (51,687 )     (46,794 )
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit $ 88,535     $ 93,171  
     
    KATAPULT HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (UNAUDITED)
    (dollars in thousands)
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
    Cash flows from operating activities:      
    Net loss $ (5,688 )   $ (570 )
    Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization   39,392       34,026  
    Depreciation for early lease purchase options (buyouts)   9,664       7,613  
    Depreciation for impaired leases   6,632       5,636  
    Change in fair value of warrants and other non-cash items   36       162  
    Stock-based compensation   1,066       1,391  
    Amortization of debt discount   963       669  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs, net   88       66  
    Accrued PIK interest expense   480       347  
    Amortization of right-of-use assets   76       76  
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Property held for lease   (55,185 )     (45,249 )
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets   2,217       1,029  
    Accounts payable   1,549       754  
    Accrued liabilities   1,573       (4,123 )
    Accrued litigation   (250 )      
    Lease liabilities   (63 )     (55 )
    Unearned revenues   888       208  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   3,438       1,980  
    Cash flows from investing activities:      
    Purchases of property and equipment   (24 )      
    Additions to capitalized software   (377 )     (126 )
    Net cash used in investing activities   (401 )     (126 )
    Cash flows from financing activities:      
    Proceeds from revolving line of credit   5,128       10,058  
    Principal repayments on revolving line of credit   (10,135 )     (2,840 )
    Repurchases of restricted stock   (271 )     (312 )
    Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities   (5,278 )     6,906  
    Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash   (2,241 )     8,760  
    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at beginning of period   16,552       28,811  
    Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at end of period $ 14,311     $ 37,571  
    Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:      
    Cash paid for interest $ 3,661     $ 3,382  
    Cash paid for income taxes $     $ 112  
    Cash paid for operating leases $ 111     $ 82  
     
    KATAPULT HOLDINGS, INC.
    RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES AND CERTAIN OTHER DATA (UNAUDITED)
    (amounts in thousands)
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
           
    Net loss $ (5,688 )   $ (570 )
    Add back:      
    Interest expense and other fees   5,144       4,527  
    Interest income   (57 )     (324 )
    Change in fair value of warrants   36       162  
    Provision for income taxes   29       5  
    Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment and capitalized software   330       266  
    Provision for impairment of leased assets   150       173  
    Stock-based compensation expense   1,066       1,391  
    Litigation settlement and other related expenses   259     $  
    Debt refinancing costs $ 971        
    Adjusted EBITDA $ 2,240     $ 5,630  
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
           
    Net loss $ (5,688 )   $ (570 )
    Add back:      
    Change in fair value of warrants   36       162  
    Stock-based compensation expense   1,066       1,391  
    Litigation settlement and other related expenses   259        
    Debt refinancing costs   971        
    Adjusted net income (loss) $ (3,356 )   $ 983  
     
      Three Months Ended March 31,
        2025       2024  
           
    Operating expenses $ 14,885     $ 12,688  
    Less:      
    Depreciation and amortization on property and equipment and capitalized software   330       266  
    Stock-based compensation expense   1,066       1,391  
    Servicing costs   1,085       1,132  
    Underwriting fees   772       509  
    Litigation settlement and other related expenses   259        
    Debt refinancing costs   971     $  
    Fixed cash operating expenses $ 10,402     $ 9,390  
    (in thousands) Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025       2024  
             
    Total revenue $ 71,946     $ 65,061  
    Cost of revenue   57,597       48,573  
    Gross profit   14,349       16,488  
    Less:        
    Servicing costs   1,085       1,132  
    Underwriting fees   772       509  
    Adjusted gross profit $ 12,492     $ 14,847  
     
    CERTAIN KEY PERFORMANCE METRICS
     
    (in thousands) Three Months Ended March 31,  
        2025       2024  
    Total revenue $ 71,946     $ 65,061  
     
    KATAPULT HOLDINGS, INC.
    GROSS ORIGINATIONS BY QUARTER
        Gross Originations by Quarter
    ($ millions)   Q1   Q2   Q3   Q4
    FY 2025   $ 64.2     $     $     $  
    FY 2024   $ 55.6     $ 55.3     $ 51.2     $ 64.2  
    FY 2023   $ 54.7     $ 54.7     $ 49.6     $ 67.5  
    FY 2022   $ 46.7     $ 46.4     $ 44.1     $ 59.8  
    FY 2021   $ 63.8     $ 64.4     $ 61.0     $ 58.9  

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Colorado State University Selects Ambow’s HybriU Platform to Power the Future of Hybrid Learning

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CUPERTINO, Calif., May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Ambow Education Holding Ltd. (NYSE American: AMBO) (“Ambow” or the “Company”), a leading global EdTech and AI-powered solutions provider, today announced that it has entered into an agreement with Colorado State University for use of Ambow’s HybriU’s Digital Educational Solution platform to modernize classroom engagement and elevate the phygital (Physical + Digital) learning experience for students and faculty.

    The HybriU “box-top” solution, selected by Colorado State University, is a compact, all-in-one, plug-and-play platform that transforms conventional physical classrooms into intelligent learning environments with seamless connectivity between in-person and remote learners. Through intelligent automation, the HybriU system integrates real-time lecture capture, multilingual transcription, AI-generated content summaries and immersive display capabilities. These robust, integrated functions synchronize in-room and remote participation seamlessly, making hybrid instruction more interactive, accessible and effective.

    “Our latest HybriU installation reflects the growing urgency among leading institutions to rethink how learning happens,” said Dr. Jin Huang, CEO of Ambow. “The demands of higher education environments have changed, prompting universities to increasingly explore next-generation classrooms that meet the evolving needs of both students and faculty. With HybriU, universities can bridge physical and virtual classrooms, creating a phygital learning hub without overhauling infrastructure. It’s a powerful tool for improving engagement, accessibility and learning outcomes.”

    HybriU’s deployment at Colorado State University reflects a broader shift across U.S. higher education, where institutions are actively seeking flexible, scalable solutions to elevate teaching, collaboration and student engagement. As hybrid learning becomes a foundational part of modern instruction, HybriU is emerging as a go-to platform for universities, training centers and corporate learning environments.

    Designed for speed, simplicity, and seamless integration with existing classrooms, HybriU is redefining what’s possible in AI-enhanced education. Its growing presence in the U.S. education landscape underscores Ambow’s leadership in shaping the future of smart, inclusive and technology-forward learning. Ambow expects HybriU’s footprint in U.S. higher education to expand as more institutions adopt hybrid learning as a core component of their instructional models.

    HybriU’s Digital Education solution is currently being used across the global education sector, including at Ambow’s wholly owned college, NewSchool of Architecture & Design, located in San Diego, Calif. NewSchool of Architecture & Design was ranked #23 in the nation for Social Mobility by U.S. News & World Report in its 2025 Regional Universities rankings.

    In addition to Ambow’s HybriU Digital Education Solutions, which include HybriU as a box-top set and subscription-based model, Ambow offers HybriU Conferencing, providing phygital solutions for corporations from boardrooms to global summits.

    To learn more or request a live demonstration of HybriU, visit www.hybriu.com.

    About Ambow

    Ambow Education Holding Ltd. is a U.S.-based, AI-driven technology company offering phygital (physical + digital) solutions for education, corporate conferencing and live events. Through its flagship platform, HybriU, Ambow is shaping the future of learning, collaboration and communication—delivering immersive, intelligent, real-time experiences across industries. For more information, visit Ambow’s corporate website at https://www.ambow.com/.

    Follow us on X: @Ambow_Education
    Follow us on LinkedIn: Ambow-education-group

    Safe Harbor Statement

    This press release contains statements of a forward-looking nature. These statements are made under the “safe harbor” provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these forward-looking statements by terminology such as “will,” “expects,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “estimates” and similar statements. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about Ambow and the industry. All information provided in this press release is as of the date hereof, and Ambow undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent occurring events or circumstances, or changes in its expectations, except as may be required by law. Although Ambow believes that the expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot assure you that its expectations will turn out to be correct, and investors are cautioned that actual results may differ materially from the anticipated results.

    For more information, please contact:

    Ambow Education Holding Ltd.
    E-mail: ir@ambow.com
    or
    Piacente Financial Communications
    Tel: +1 212 481 2050
    E-mail: ambow@tpg-ir.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Xunlei Announces Unaudited Financial Results for the First Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SHENZHEN, China, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Xunlei Limited (“Xunlei” or the “Company”) (Nasdaq: XNET), a leading technology company providing distributed cloud services in China, today announced its unaudited financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025. 

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Highlights:

    • Total revenues were US$88.8 million, representing an increase of 10.5% year-over-year.
    • Subscription revenues were US$35.7 million, representing an increase of 7.7% year-over-year. 
    • Live-streaming and other services revenues were US$28.4 million, representing an increase of 66.0% year-over-year. 
    • Cloud computing revenues were US$24.7 million, representing a decrease of 18.0% year-over-year. 
    • Gross profit was US$44.1 million, representing an increase of 2.9% year-over-year, and gross profit margin was 49.7% in the first quarter, compared with 53.3% in the same period of 2024. 
    • Net loss was US$0.9 million in the first quarter, compared with net income of US$3.6 million in the same period of 2024. 
    • Non-GAAP net income1 was US$0.1 million in the first quarter, compared with non-GAAP net income of US$4.5 million in the same period of 2024. 
    • Diluted loss per ADS was US$0.01 in the first quarter, compared with diluted earnings per ADS of US$0.06 in the same period of 2024. 
    • Non-GAAP diluted earnings per ADS2 were US$0.004 in the first quarter, compared with non-GAAP diluted earnings per ADS of US$0.07 in the same period of 2024.

    “Our quarterly revenue was in line with our expectations, and we achieved consistent top-line growth of 10.5% year-over-year in total revenues to US$88.8 million in the first quarter of 2025,” commented Mr. Jinbo Li, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Xunlei. “Notably, our subscription revenue increased by 7.7% year-over-year, primarily due to intensified efforts in diversifying marketing channels for user acquisition. Additionally, the 79.2% year-over-year growth in revenue from our live-streaming business reflected a recovery and an expansion of our market presence overseas. I believe the result underscores our strategic efforts to adapt to international markets, leveraging localized operation and innovative technologies to meet diverse user preferences.” 

    “This year will be pivotal for Xunlei, marked by the strategic acquisition of Hupu and proactive exploration of corporate development initiatives aimed at diversifying revenue streams to achieve sustainable growth in both top-line and bottom-line. Supported by our strong capital structure and ample financial liquidity, we remain committed to delivering value to users while harnessing our outstanding technological capabilities and operational expertise to capitalize on AI-driven applications and other new opportunities, and to create long-term value for shareholders,” Mr. Li concluded.

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Total Revenues

    Total revenues were US$88.8 million, representing an increase of 10.5% year-over-year. The increase in total revenues was mainly attributable to the increased revenues generated from our subscription business and overseas audio live-streaming business.

    Revenues from subscription were US$35.7 million, representing an increase of 7.7% year-over-year. The increase in subscription revenues was mainly driven by the increase in the number of subscribers. The number of subscribers was 6.04 million as of March 31, 2025, compared with 5.76 million as of March 31, 2024. The average revenue per subscriber for the first quarter was RMB40.9, compared with RMB39.5 in the same period of 2024. The higher average revenue per subscriber was due to the increased proportion of premium subscribers which have higher average revenue per subscriber.

    Revenues from live-streaming and other services were US$28.4 million, representing an increase of 66.0% year-over-year. The increase in live-streaming and other services revenues was mainly due to the increase in revenues from our overseas audio live-streaming businesses.

    Revenues from cloud computing were US$24.7 million, representing a decrease of 18.0% year-over-year. The decrease in cloud computing revenues was mainly due to the reduced sales of our cloud computing services and hardware devices as a result of heightened competition, pricing pressure and evolving regulatory environment.

    Costs of Revenues

    Costs of revenues were US$44.4 million, representing 50.0% of our total revenues, compared with US$37.1 million, or 46.2% of the total revenues, in the same period of 2024. The increase in costs of revenues was mainly attributable to the increase in revenue-sharing expenses in our overseas audio live-streaming operations, generally in line with the growth in live-streaming and other service revenues.

    Bandwidth costs, as included in costs of revenues, were US$26.6 million, representing 30.0% of our total revenues, compared with US$27.1 million, or 33.8% of the total revenues, in the same period of 2024. The decrease in bandwidth costs was primarily due to the reduced sales of our cloud computing services during the quarter, partially offset by the increased usage of Xunlei Cloud as a result of the increased subscribers.

    The remaining costs of revenues mainly consisted of costs related to the revenue-sharing costs for our live streaming business and payment handling charges.

    Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

    Gross profit for the first quarter of 2025 was US$44.1 million, representing an increase of 2.9% year-over-year. Gross profit margin was 49.7% in the first quarter of 2025, compared with 53.3% in the same period of 2024. The increase in gross profit was mainly driven by the increase in gross profit generated from our overseas audio live-streaming business and subscription business. The decrease in gross profit margin was mainly attributable to the decreased gross profit margin of cloud computing business.

    Research and Development Expenses

    Research and development expenses for the first quarter of 2025 were US$18.7 million, representing 21.1% of our total revenues, compared with US$17.6 million, or 22.0% of our total revenues, in the same period of 2024. The increase was primarily due to the increased labor costs incurred during the quarter.

    Sales and Marketing Expenses

    Sales and marketing expenses for the first quarter of 2025 were US$15.5 million, representing 17.5% of our total revenues, compared with US$10.1 million, or 12.5% of our total revenues, in the same period of 2024. The increase was primarily due to more marketing expenses incurred during the quarter for our subscription and overseas audio live-streaming businesses as part of our ongoing efforts on user acquisition.

    General and Administrative Expenses

    General and administrative expenses for the first quarter of 2025 were US$11.8 million, representing 13.3% of our total revenues, compared with US$11.1 million, or 13.9% of our total revenues, in the same period of 2024.

    Operating (Loss)/Income

    Operating loss was US$1.9 million, compared with an operating income of US$4.0 million in the same period of 2024. The decrease in operating income was primarily attributable to the decrease in gross profit margin and the increase in sales and marketing expenses during the quarter, compared with the same period of 2024.

    Other Income, Net

    Other income, net was US$1.2 million, compared with other income, net of US$0.3 million in the same period of 2024. The increase was primarily due to impairment on one of our long-term investments that occurred during the first quarter of 2024.

    Net (Loss)/Income and (Loss)/Earnings Per ADS

    Net loss was US$0.9 million compared with net income of US$3.6 million in the same period of 2024. The net loss was primarily due to the increase in operating loss, partially offset by the increased other income as discussed above. Non-GAAP net income was US$0.1 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared with US$4.5 million in the same period of 2024.

    Diluted loss per ADS in the first quarter of 2025 was US$0.01, compared with diluted earnings per ADS of US$0.06 in the first quarter of 2024. Non-GAAP diluted earnings per ADS was US$0.004 in the first quarter, compared with non-GAAP diluted earnings per ADS of US$0.07 in the same period of 2024.

    Cash Balance

    As of March 31, 2025, the Company had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of US$274.6 million, compared with US$287.5 million as of December 31, 2024. The decrease in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments was mainly due to the first tranche of payment for the acquisition of Hupu, spending on share repurchase and repayment of bank loans during the quarter, partially offset by the net cash inflow from operating activities.

    Share Repurchase Program

    On June 4, 2024, Xunlei announced that its Board of Directors had authorized a new plan for the repurchase of up to US$20 million of its ADSs or shares over the 12 months that followed. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had spent US$6.5 million on share buybacks under the new share repurchase program, among which US$0.9 million was spent in the first quarter of 2025.

    Guidance for the Second Quarter of 2025

    For the second quarter of 2025, Xunlei estimates total revenues to be between US$91 million and US$96 million, and the midpoint of the range represents a quarter-over-quarter increase of approximately 5.3%. This estimate represents management’s preliminary view as of the date of this press release, which is subject to change and any change could be material.

    Conference Call Information.

    Xunlei’s management will host a conference call at 8:00 a.m. U.S. Eastern Time on May 15, 2025 (8:00 p.m. Beijing/Hong Kong Time), to discuss the Company’s quarterly results and recent business developments.

    Participant Online Registration: https://register-conf.media-server.com/register/BIe31316b11951413ca6026dd0a7227b38

    Please register to join the conference using the link provided above and dial in 10 minutes before the call is scheduled to begin. Once registered, the participants will receive an email with personal PIN and dial-in information, and participants can choose to access either via Dial-In or Call Me. A kindly reminder that “Call Me” does not work for China number.

    The Company will also broadcast a live audio webcast of the conference call. The webcast will be available at http://ir.xunlei.com. Following the earnings conference call, an archive of the call will be available at https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/vrett8r2

    About Xunlei

    Founded in 2003, Xunlei Limited (Nasdaq: XNET) is a leading technology company providing distributed cloud services in China. Xunlei provides a wide range of products and services across cloud acceleration, shared cloud computing and digital entertainment to deliver an efficient, smart and safe internet experience.

    Safe Harbor Statement

    This press release contains statements of a forward-looking nature. These statements are made under the “safe harbor” provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these forward-looking statements by terminology such as “will,” “expects,” “believes,” “anticipates,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates” and similar statements. Among other things, the management’s quotations and the “Guidance” section in this press release, as well as the Company’s strategic, operational and acquisition plans, contain forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are based on current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about the Company and the industry. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to: the Company’s ability to continue to innovate and provide attractive products and services to retain and grow its user base; the Company’s ability to keep up with technological developments and users’ changing demands in the internet industry; the Company’s ability to convert its users into subscribers of its premium services; the Company’s ability to deal with existing and potential copyright infringement claims and other related claims; the Company’s ability to react to the governmental actions for its scrutiny of internet content in China and the Company’s ability to compete effectively. Although the Company believes that the expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, it cannot assure you that its expectations will turn out to be correct, and investors are cautioned that actual results may differ materially from the anticipated results. Further information regarding risks and uncertainties faced by the Company is included in the Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. All information provided in this press release is as of the date of the press release, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent occurring events or circumstances, or changes in its expectations, except as may be required by law.

    About Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    To supplement Xunlei’s consolidated financial results presented in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), Xunlei uses the following measures defined as non-GAAP financial measures by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission: (1) non-GAAP operating (loss)/income, (2) non-GAAP net income, (3) non-GAAP basic and diluted earnings per share for common shares, and (4) non-GAAP basic and diluted earnings per ADS. The presentation of the non-GAAP financial information is not intended to be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with GAAP.

    Xunlei believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information to investors regarding the Company’s operating performance by excluding share-based compensation expenses and impairment loss of goodwill, which are not expected to result in future cash payments. These non-GAAP financial measures also facilitate management’s internal comparisons to Xunlei’s historical performance and assist the Company’s financial and operational decision making. A limitation of using these non-GAAP financial measures is that these non-GAAP measures exclude certain items that have been and will continue to be for the foreseeable future a recurring expense in Xunlei’s results of operations. Management compensates for these limitations by providing specific information regarding the GAAP amounts excluded from each non-GAAP measure. The accompanying reconciliation tables at the end of this release include details on the reconciliations between GAAP financial measures that are most directly comparable to the non-GAAP financial measures the Company has presented.

     
    XUNLEI LIMITED
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (Amounts expressed in thousands of USD, except for share, per share (or ADS) data)
     
      March 31, Dec 31,
      2025 2024
      US$ US$
    Assets    
         
    Current assets:    
    Cash and cash equivalents 163,136   177,329  
    Short-term investments 111,436   110,209  
    Accounts receivable, net 40,034   32,662  
    Inventories 1,024   1,255  
    Due from related parties 30,482   31,519  
    Prepayments and other current assets 15,464   10,058  
    Total current assets 361,576   363,032  
         
    Non-current assets:    
    Restricted cash 218   218  
    Long-term investments 31,049   30,599  
    Deferred tax assets 10,720   10,528  
    Property and equipment, net 54,631   55,430  
    Intangible assets, net 8,416   8,310  
    Long-term prepayments and other assets 18,718   5,334  
    Operating lease assets 532   450  
    Total assets 485,860   473,901  
         
    Liabilities    
    Current liabilities:    
    Accounts payable 24,900   22,964  
    Due to related parties, current 17   17  
    Contract liabilities, current portion 41,253   39,936  
    Lease liabilities 331   253  
    Income tax payable 10,466   9,386  
    Accrued liabilities and other payables 61,242   52,093  
    Short-term bank borrowings and current portion of long-term bank borrowings 697   2,087  
    Total current liabilities 138,906   126,736  
         
    Non-current liabilities:    
    Contract liabilities, non-current portion 588   458  
    Lease liabilities, non-current portion 174   161  
    Deferred tax liabilities 1,090   1,154  
    Bank borrowings, non-current portion 27,166   27,127  
    Other long-term payables 711   480  
    Total liabilities 168,635   156,116  
         
    Equity    
    Common shares (US$0.00025 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 375,001,940 shares issued and 307,351,196 shares outstanding as at December 31, 2024; 375,001,940 issued and 311,860,331 shares outstanding as at March 31, 2025) 78   77  
    Treasury shares (67,650,744 shares and 63,141,609 shares as at December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively) 16   16  
    Additional paid-in-capital 477,350   477,244  
    Statutory reserves 8,718   8,718  
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss (21,412 ) (21,694 )
    Accumulated deficits (147,105 ) (146,305 )
    Total Xunlei Limited’s shareholders’ equity 317,645   318,056  
    Non-controlling interests (420 ) (271 )
    Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 485,860   473,901  
    XUNLEI LIMITED
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of (Loss)/Income
    (Amounts expressed in thousands of USD, except for share, per share (or ADS) data)

      Three months ended
       
      Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
      2025  2024  2024 
      US$ US$ US$
    Revenues, net of rebates and discounts 88,764   84,302   80,359  
    Business taxes and surcharges (310 ) (313 ) (379 )
    Net revenues 88,454   83,989   79,980  
    Costs of revenues (44,350 ) (40,416 ) (37,139 )
    Gross profit 44,104   43,573   42,841  
           
    Operating expenses      
    Research and development expenses (18,743 ) (18,716 ) (17,642 )
    Sales and marketing expenses (15,522 ) (12,461 ) (10,061 )
    General and administrative expenses (11,791 ) (12,102 ) (11,132 )
    Credit loss write-back/(expenses), net 65   (75 ) 26  
    Impairment of goodwill   (20,748 )  
    Total operating expenses (45,991 ) (64,102 ) (38,809 )
           
    Operating (loss)/income (1,887 ) (20,529 ) 4,032  
    Interest income 1,072   1,173   1,221  
    Interest expense (220 ) (139 ) (242 )
    Other income, net 1,234   1,541   290  
    Income/(loss) before income taxes 199   (17,954 ) 5,301  
    Income tax (expense)/benefit (1,145 ) 8,083   (1,663 )
    Net (loss)/income (946 ) (9,871 ) 3,638  
           
    Less: net loss attributable to non-controlling interest (146 ) (97 ) (1 )
    Net (loss)/income attributable to common shareholders (800 ) (9,774 ) 3,639  
           
    (Loss)/earnings per share for common shares      
    Basic (0.0026 ) (0.0312 ) 0.0113  
    Diluted (0.0026 ) (0.0312 ) 0.0112  
           
    (Loss)/earnings per ADS      
    Basic (0.0130 ) (0.1560 ) 0.0565  
    Diluted (0.0130 ) (0.1560 ) 0.0560  
           
    Weighted average number of common shares used in calculating:      
    Basic 306,082,940   313,664,089   323,341,607  
    Diluted 306,082,940   313,664,089   323,491,768  
           
    Weighted average number of ADSs used in calculating:      
    Basic 61,216,588   62,732,818   64,668,321  
    Diluted 61,216,588   62,732,818   64,698,354  
           
           
           
    XUNLEI LIMITED
    Reconciliation of GAAP and Non-GAAP Results
    (Amounts expressed in thousands of USD, except for share, per share (or ADS) data)
      Three months ended
       
      Mar 31, Dec 31, Mar 31,
      2025  2024  2024 
      US$ US$ US$
           
    GAAP operating (loss)/income (1,887 ) (20,529 ) 4,032  
    Share-based compensation expenses 1,058   390   901  
    Impairment of goodwill   20,748    
    Non-GAAP operating (loss)/income (829 ) 609   4,933  
           
    GAAP net (loss)/income (946 ) (9,871 ) 3,638  
    Share-based compensation expenses 1,058   390   901  
    Impairment of goodwill   20,748    
    Non-GAAP net income 112   11,267   4,539  
           
    GAAP (loss)/earnings per share for common shares:      
    Basic (0.0026 ) (0.0312 ) 0.0113  
    Diluted (0.0026 ) (0.0312 ) 0.0112  
           
    GAAP (loss)/earnings per ADS:      
    Basic (0.0130 ) (0.1560 ) 0.0565  
    Diluted (0.0130 ) (0.1560 ) 0.0560  
           
    Non-GAAP earnings per share for common shares:      
    Basic 0.0008   0.0362   0.0140  
    Diluted 0.0008   0.0362   0.0140  
           
    Non-GAAP earnings per ADS:      
    Basic 0.0040   0.1810   0.0700  
    Diluted 0.0040   0.1810   0.0700  
           
    Weighted average number of common shares used in calculating:      
    Basic 306,082,940   313,664,089   323,341,607  
    Diluted 306,082,940   313,664,089   323,491,768  
           
    Weighted average number of ADSs used in calculating:      
    Basic 61,216,588   62,732,818   64,668,321  
    Diluted 61,216,588   62,732,818   64,698,354  


    CONTACT:

    Investor Relations
    Xunlei Limited
    Email: ir@xunlei.com
    Tel: +86 755 6111 1571
    Website: http://ir.xunlei.com

    __________________________
    1 Non-GAAP net income is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information, please see the section of “About Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and the table captioned “Reconciliation of GAAP and Non-GAAP Results” contained in this press release.
    2 Non-GAAP earnings per ADS is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information, please see the section of “About Non-GAAP Financial Measures” and the table captioned “Reconciliation of GAAP and Non-GAAP Results” contained in this press release.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Adyton announces $11M funding round from Venrock, Khosla and new deployment with the U.S. Navy

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    DALLAS, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Today, Adyton announced its $11M funding round, led by Venrock with participation from Khosla Ventures, Liquid 2 Ventures, Alumni Ventures, Initialized Capital, Kindred Ventures, and Leblon Capital.

    The company also announced a multi-year deal worth up to $7M with U.S. Naval Aviation to deploy its technology, the Adyton Operations Kit (AOK), to thousands of sailors on multiple aircraft carriers, including the USS Stennis.

    AOK is the operating system for defense, built specifically for the warfighter. AOK is mobile-first technology that generates net new, real-time data about personnel, equipment, and munitions from the individual-level up through the chain of command, increasing readiness, operational agility, and lethality of America’s forces.

    “America’s success in the next conflict will be defined by how quickly we can learn, adapt, and innovate relative to our rivals, and how quickly we can convert data into action. In order to maintain force supremacy, we have to change the design of the systems that generate and distribute data for everyone in the Armed Forces, from the individual warfighter to four-star generals and admirals,” said James Boyd, CEO and co-founder of Adyton, and former member of the Army Special Forces. “AOK digitizes and automates operational processes, meaning the warfighter spends less time on paperwork and more time preparing for the mission, and Commanders have accurate, ground-truth data that does not exist today.”

    “As a Naval officer, I’ve seen firsthand how few technologies are built specifically with the warfighter in mind,” said Morgan Hitzig, Venrock’s lead investor in Adyton’s round. “James and JJ didn’t just interview users, they were the users. That authenticity and mission-intimacy puts Adyton in a position to build technology that gives our military a decisive tempo advantage necessary to succeed during the next conflict we hope not to fight, but must be prepared to win.”

    The number of active units with AOK deployed has increased more than 500% during 2024, including being in use in all Special Forces Groups and over 60% of Army Brigade Combat Teams. Troops use AOK to operate with greater agency and empowerment because they have instantaneous access to information, resources, supplies, and support platforms. AOK generates ground-level truth for Commanders to radically improve decision velocity and accuracy.

    “Adyton’s technology generates data about the ground-truth status of personnel and equipment that, until now, the Department of Defense has never had access to,” said Sven Strohband, Partner and Managing Director at Khosla Ventures.

    “My focus is finding the right people who I believe will succeed. James and JJ have the mettle and mission-focus to radically improve how the warfighter operates. We’ve been an early supporter of Adyton, and we’re proud to reaffirm our dedication to Adyton,” said Joe Montana, Managing Partner at Liquid 2 Ventures.

    About Adyton
    Adyton is a public benefit corporation, founded by former non-commissioned officers and U.S. Special Forces operators in 2019. Confronted with the operational challenges every member of the Armed Forces experiences, Adyton built the Adyton Operations Kit (AOK) to digitize and automate operational processes like equipment and inventory management and personnel availability and readiness.

    By reducing hours or days of paperwork and manual drudgery to minutes or seconds, AOK enhances warfighters’ level of battlefield effectiveness. Adyton’s technology is also used to provide accurate, individual-level data to Command, enabling leadership to confidently deploy troops for any mission, from kinetic action to humanitarian assistance and disaster recovery.

    Adyton is backed by leading investors at Venrock, Khosla Ventures, Liquid 2 Ventures, Initialized Capital, Kindred Ventures, Alumni Ventures, and Leblon Capital.

    Contact
    Ian Martorana
    ian@aimcomms.xyz

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: T1 Energy Take Steps to Bring Investment to G2_Austin Solar Cell Project

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    AUSTIN, Texas, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — T1 Energy Inc. (NYSE: TE) (“T1,” “T1 Energy,” or the “Company”) announced this morning that the Company has entered into a Heads of Agreement to pursue an investment in the planned G2_Austin 5 GW solar cell manufacturing facility. The non-binding agreement was signed this week at a ceremony in Riyadh hosted by the Saudi Ministry of Investment (“MISA”) to commemorate the Trump administration’s ‘America First’ program and the Kingdom’s commitment to investing in critical U.S. energy infrastructure projects.

    “We wish to extend our sincerest appreciation to the Saudi Ministry of Investment for hosting our delegation. We are honored to sign this landmark agreement which is intended to bring in strategic capital to support America’s advanced manufacturing sector,” said Daniel Barcelo, T1’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. “The U.S. needs to establish a domestic solar manufacturing supply chain, and T1 is at the forefront of that mission with our world-class operating G1_Dallas facility and planned G2_Austin project. This agreement is a positive step towards an investment to accelerate our development plans and our strategy to become a U.S. solar energy leader built on domestic content and leading-edge technology.”

    Representatives from T1 and our Saudi partner, Manaar Gulf Saudi Arabia Ltd., signed the agreement on May 13th at a ceremony in Riyadh welcoming a U.S. delegation from the Trump administration and U.S. industrial partners to the Kingdom. The event promoted Gulf Corporation Council investment in America to support the ‘America First’ agenda.

    “T1 is grateful to be part of a larger conversation to reshore American manufacturing through cooperative efforts with our overseas industrial partners,” added Daniel Barcelo. “With this agreement in place, our teams will be working to secure this capital and advance T1’s mission to bring investment, jobs, and key supply chains to America. As this relationship develops, we are also pleased to examine complementary opportunities to invest in the Kingdom’s solar manufacturing sector.”

    About T1 Energy

    T1 Energy Inc. (NYSE: TE) is an energy solutions provider building an integrated U.S. supply chain for solar and batteries. In December 2024, T1 completed a transformative transaction, positioning the Company as one of the leading solar manufacturing companies in the United States, with a complementary solar and battery storage strategy. Based in the United States with plans to expand its operations in America, the Company is also exploring value optimization opportunities across its portfolio of assets in Europe.

    To learn more about T1, please visit www.T1energy.com and follow us on social media.

    Investor contact:

    Jeffrey Spittel
    EVP, Investor Relations and Corporate Development
    jeffrey.spittel@T1energy.com
    Tel: +1 409 599 5706

    Media contact:

    Russell Gold
    EVP, Strategic Communications
    russell.gold@T1energy.com
    Tel: +1 214 616 9715

    Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements:

    This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements contained in this press release that do not relate to matters of historical fact should be considered forward-looking statements, including without limitation with respect to: a potential investment in G2 Austin; the Company’s ability to bring in strategic capital to support America’s advanced manufacturing sector; the Company being at the forefront of the development of domestic solar manufacturing supply chains; the Company’s development plans and strategy to become a U.S. solar energy leader built on domestic content and leading-edge technology; the investment by the Gulf Corporation Council in America to support the ‘America First’ agenda; T1’s participation in the reshoring of American manufacturing; the Company’s mission to bring investment, jobs and key supply chains to America; and any complementary opportunities that T1 may explore with respect to investments in the Kingdom’s solar manufacturing sector. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations. These statements are neither promises nor guarantees, but involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause actual future events, results, or achievements to be materially different from the Company’s expectations and projections expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. Important factors include, but are not limited to, those discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” in (i) T1’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 31, 2025, as amended and supplemented by Amendment No. 1 on Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on April 30, 2025, (ii) T1’s post-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed with the SEC on January 4, 2024, and (iii) T1’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed with the SEC on September 8, 2023 and subsequent amendments thereto filed on October 13, 2023, October 19, 2023 and October 31, 2023. All of the above referenced filings are available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this press release and are based on information available to the Company as of the date of this press release, and the Company assumes no obligation to update such forward-looking statements, all of which are expressly qualified by the statements in this section, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    T1 intends to use its website as a channel of distribution to disclose information which may be of interest or material to investors and to communicate with investors and the public. Such disclosures will be included on T1’s website in the ‘Investor Relations’ section. T1, and its CEO and Chairman of the Board, Daniel Barcelo, also intend to use certain social media channels, including, but not limited to, X, LinkedIn and Instagram, as means of communicating with the public and investors about T1, its progress, products, and other matters. While not all the information that T1 or Daniel Barcelo post to their respective digital platforms may be deemed to be of a material nature, some information may be. As a result, T1 encourages investors and others interested to review the information that it and Daniel Barcelo posts and to monitor such portions of T1’s website and social media channels on a regular basis, in addition to following T1’s press releases, SEC filings, and public conference calls and webcasts. The contents of T1’s website and its and Daniel Barcelo’s social media channels shall not be deemed incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Calfrac Reports First Quarter 2025 Results with Record Financial Performance in Argentina

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    CALGARY, Alberta, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Calfrac Well Services Ltd. (“Calfrac” or “the Company”) (TSX: CFW) announces its financial and operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The following press release should be read in conjunction with the management’s discussion and analysis and interim consolidated financial statements and notes thereto as at March 31, 2025. Readers should also refer to the “Forward-looking statements” legal advisory and the section regarding “Non-GAAP Measures” at the end of this press release. All financial amounts and measures are expressed in Canadian dollars unless otherwise indicated. Additional information about Calfrac is available on the SEDAR+ website at www.sedarplus.ca, including the Company’s Annual Information Form for the year ended December 31, 2024.

    CFO’S MESSAGE

    Calfrac achieved revenue of $370.1 million during the first quarter in 2025, a 3 percent decline from the fourth quarter in 2024, primarily due to a normal seasonal slowdown in activity in the Rockies region of North America. As experienced over the last couple of years, activity in the Rockies region continues to be very challenging during the first quarter due to limited customer activity, resulting from the higher costs of operating in extreme cold weather. However, the Company’s Argentina operations delivered a sequential increase in revenue of 56 percent as it operated two unconventional fracturing spreads in the Vaca Muerta shale play for a portion of the first quarter.

    Calfrac’s Chief Financial Officer, Mike Olinek commented: “I am very pleased with the strong operating and financial performance demonstrated by Calfrac’s team in Argentina during the first quarter and look forward to building on this positive momentum throughout the remainder of the year. I am also confident that the Company’s North American DGB fracturing fleets will remain in high demand and allow us to successfully navigate any potential slowdown in North America and deliver on our strategic priorities.”

    SELECT FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS – CONTINUING OPERATIONS

      Three Months Ended Mar. 31,
     
      2025   2024   Change  
    (C$000s, except per share amounts) ($)   ($)   (%)  
    (unaudited)      
    Revenue 370,057   330,096   12  
    Adjusted EBITDA(1) 55,317   26,057   112  
    Cash flows provided by operating activities (7,050 ) 11,958   NM  
    Capital expenditures 42,132   48,072   (12 )
    Net income (loss) 7,796   (2,903 ) NM  
    Per share – basic 0.09   (0.03 ) NM  
    Per share – diluted 0.09   (0.03 ) NM  
    As at Mar. 31, Dec. 31, Change  
      2025 2024    
    (C$000s) ($) ($) (%)  
    (unaudited)      
    Cash and cash equivalents 15,463 44,045 (65 )
    Working capital, end of period(2) 266,087 229,856 16  
    Total assets, end of period 1,254,979 1,234,840 2  
    Long-term debt, end of period 341,095 320,908 6  
    Net debt(1)(3) 348,674 300,347 16  
    Total consolidated equity, end of period 660,262 653,330 1  

    (1)Refer to “Non-GAAP Measures” on page 6 for further information.
    (2)Working capital excludes cash and cash equivalents and the current portion of long-term debt of $341.1 million.
    (3)Refer to note 10 of the consolidated interim financial statements for further information.

    FIRST QUARTER OVERVIEW

    In the first quarter of 2025, the Company:

    • generated revenue of $370.1 million, an increase of 12 percent from the first quarter in 2024 resulting primarily from higher pricing and activity in Argentina, offset partially by lower pricing in North America;
    • reported Adjusted EBITDA of $55.3 million versus $26.1 million in the first quarter of 2024 due to record quarterly financial results in Argentina with the commencement of a second large fracturing fleet in the Vaca Muerta shale play during a portion of the first quarter;
    • had cash flow from operating activities of negative $7.1 million, which included $12.7 million of interest paid and cash used for working capital purposes of $35.0 million, as compared to $12.0 million in the first quarter of 2024, which was net of $9.7 million of interest paid and cash used for working capital purposes of $1.6 million;
    • reported net income from continuing operations of $7.8 million or $0.09 per share diluted compared to a net loss of $2.9 million or $0.03 per share diluted during the first quarter in 2024;
    • had a cash position of $15.5 million of which approximately 70 percent was held in Argentina. The Argentina cash balance includes an investment of US$6.1 million in Argentinean government bonds (BOPREAL Bonds) that will be repatriated to Canada before the end of the third quarter in 2025;
    • reported an increase in period-end working capital to $266.1 million from $229.9 million at December 31, 2024, primarily due to an increase in revenue in the first quarter of 2025 with a greater proportion generated from Argentina, which has longer lead times to collection than North America; and
    • incurred capital expenditures of $42.1 million, which included approximately $22.3 million of expansion capital in Argentina and $9.3 million related to the Company’s fracturing fleet modernization program in North America, including auxiliary support equipment.

    FINANCIAL OVERVIEW – CONTINUING OPERATIONS
    THREE MONTHS AND YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025 VERSUS 2024

    NORTH AMERICA

      Three Months Ended Mar. 31,
     
      2025 2024 Change  
    (C$000s, except operational and exchange rate information) ($) ($) (%)  
    (unaudited)      
    Revenue 227,902 248,959 (8 )
    Adjusted EBITDA(1) 6,131 14,872 (59 )
    Adjusted EBITDA (%)(1) 2.7 6.0 (55 )
    Fracturing revenue per job ($) 25,060 33,518 (25 )
    Number of fracturing jobs 8,709 7,176 21  
    Active pumping horsepower, end of year (000s) 898 951 (6 )
    US$/C$ average exchange rate(2) 1.4352 1.3486 6  

    (1)Refer to “Non-GAAP Measures” on page 6 for further information.
    (2)Source: Bank of Canada.

    OUTLOOK

    The uncertainty caused by geopolitical tensions, OPEC+ supply increases, and changes to the United States trade and tariff regimes, have affected the economic outlook for the global economy and triggered a recent decline in near-term crude oil prices. While activity in North America has not been significantly impacted as yet, oil-weighted completion activity is expected to be lower year-over-year, but more resilient than past cycles as a focus on capital discipline by the E&P sector has resulted in activity that only supports the maintenance of current production levels. However, completions activity within the Company’s natural gas producing regions in North America is anticipated to be slightly higher than the previous year given the relative strength in natural gas prices.

    The Company has been evaluating the implication of tariffs across its North American operations over the last few months and has commenced with mitigation efforts, wherever possible, including seeking applicable tariff exemptions for critical items that are sourced from the United States.

    Calfrac’s previously announced Tier IV modernization program is nearing completion. These strategic investments in next-generation Dynamic Gas Blending (“DGB”) pumping technology have resulted in the Company exiting the quarter with the equivalent of five Tier IV DGB fleets operating in the field. Calfrac’s dual-fuel capable fracturing fleets in North America are expected to remain in high demand during the second quarter, despite the current headwinds, and fleet utilization is expected to increase sequentially from the first quarter as certain clients in the Rockies region commence with their 2025 programs.

    THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2024

    REVENUE

    Revenue from Calfrac’s North American operations decreased to $227.9 million during the first quarter of 2025 from $249.0 million in the comparable quarter of 2024. The Company’s North American activity was impacted by extreme cold weather and was significantly lower than the comparable quarter in 2024 despite the 21 percent increase in the number of jobs completed. The Company’s client mix was different than the comparable period in 2024 with the completion of a larger quantity of smaller jobs, which also impacted the fracturing revenue per job. The Company reduced its operating footprint to 11 active fracturing fleets to begin the first quarter to address the seasonal challenges experienced in the Rockies region. The Company recommenced operations in the Appalachian basin in January with an additional fracturing crew, which helped offset the lower revenue experienced in the Rockies. Pricing in North America was lower relative to the comparable quarter in 2024, which contributed to the 8 percent reduction in revenue. Coiled tubing revenue was consistent with the first quarter in 2024 as slightly lower activity was offset by the completion of larger jobs.

    ADJUSTED EBITDA

    The Company’s operations in North America generated Adjusted EBITDA of $6.1 million or 3 percent of revenue during the first quarter of 2025 compared to $14.9 million or 6 percent of revenue in the same period in 2024. This decrease was primarily due to the decline in fracturing fleet utilization and lower pricing.

    ARGENTINA

      Three Months Ended Mar. 31,
      2025 2024 Change
    (C$000s, except operational and exchange rate information) ($) ($) (%)
    (unaudited)      
    Revenue 142,155 81,137 75
    Adjusted EBITDA(1) 53,265 16,100 231
    Adjusted EBITDA (%)(1) 37.5 19.8 89
    Fracturing revenue per job ($) 124,874 74,354 68
    Number of fracturing jobs 741 672 10
    Active pumping horsepower, end of period (000s) 153 139 10
    US$/C$ average exchange rate(2) 1.4352 1.3486 6

    (1)Refer to “Non-GAAP Measures” on page 6 for further information.
    (2)Source: Bank of Canada.

    OUTLOOK

    Argentina continued to demonstrate year-over-year operational and financial improvement by achieving record quarterly financial performance during the first quarter of 2025. Calfrac expects its full-year financial results in Argentina will be very strong, building on the significant momentum generated during the first quarter. The Company benefited from spot work for its second large fracturing fleet in the Vaca Muerta shale play during the first quarter at operating margins that are not expected to be maintained during the remainder of the year. The Company’s 2025 capital program also contemplates the addition of in-house wireline capabilities in Argentina during the fourth quarter which will further bolster its service offering in Neuquén. Recent Argentina government announcements related to the cash repatriation regime in that country reaffirm the Company’s expectations of a greater ability to repatriate excess cash flow following the completion of its significant 2025 capital program.

    THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2024

    REVENUE

    Calfrac’s Argentinean operations generated revenue of $142.2 million during the first quarter of 2025 versus $81.1 million in the comparable quarter in 2024. The 75 percent increase in revenue was driven by improved pricing for spot work and an increase in the number of fracturing jobs completed during the quarter. The Company operated two unconventional fracturing fleets in the Vaca Muerta shale play for a portion of the first quarter. The Company also demonstrated growth in activity across its other service lines as the Company permanently transferred equipment from Las Heras to Neuquén following the completion of a long-term contract. The Company’s offshore coiled tubing unit also contributed to the increase in revenue versus the comparable quarter in 2024.

    ADJUSTED EBITDA

    The Company’s operations in Argentina generated Adjusted EBITDA of $53.3 million during the first quarter of 2025 compared to $16.1 million in the same quarter of 2024, while the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA margins increased to 37 percent from 20 percent. This increase was primarily due to the significant revenue growth and efficiencies resulting from operating two unconventional fracturing fleets simultaneously during parts of the quarter and higher pricing for spot work. In addition, the Company received an early termination fee related to the closure of its operations in Las Heras following the completion of a long-term contract with a major client in that region. This revenue offset costs that were incurred in 2024 to permanently close this district.

    SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY RESULTS – CONTINUING OPERATIONS

    Three Months Ended Jun. 30, Sep. 30, Dec. 31, Mar. 31,   Jun. 30, Sep. 30,   Dec. 31,   Mar. 31,
      2023 2023 2023 2024   2024 2024   2024   2025
    (C$000s, except per share and operating data) ($) ($) ($) ($)   ($) ($)   ($)   ($)
    (unaudited)                
    Financial                
    Revenue 466,463 483,093 421,402 330,096   426,047 430,109   381,230   370,057
    Adjusted EBITDA(1) 87,785 91,286 62,591 26,057   65,386 65,039   34,512   55,317
    Net income (loss) 50,531 97,523 13,202 (2,903 ) 24,549 (6,687 ) (6,424 ) 7,796
    Per share – basic 0.62 1.20 0.16 (0.03 ) 0.29 (0.08 ) (0.07 ) 0.09
    Per share – diluted 0.58 1.09 0.15 (0.03 ) 0.29 (0.08 ) (0.07 ) 0.09
    Capital expenditures 30,718 50,825 49,397 48,072   66,753 22,509   32,955   42,132

    (1)Refer to “Non-GAAP Measures” on page 6 for further information.

    CAPITAL EXPENDITURES – CONTINUING OPERATIONS

      Three Months Ended Mar. 31,
     
      2025 2024 Change  
    (C$000s) ($) ($) (%)  
    North America 12,941 37,174 (65 )
    Argentina 29,191 10,898 168  
    Continuing Operations 42,132 48,072 (12 )

    Capital expenditures were $42.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, which included approximately $22.3 million of expansion capital in Argentina and $9.3 million related to the Company’s fracturing fleet modernization program in North America, including auxiliary support equipment versus $48.1 million in the comparable period in 2024.

    Calfrac’s Board of Directors approved a 2025 capital budget totalling approximately $135.0 million. The program includes approximately $50.0 million to facilitate the expansion of the Company’s fracturing operations in the Vaca Muerta shale play in Argentina that will be funded locally from cash flow. The 2025 Argentina capital program includes additional fracturing pumping units, an expansion of the Company’s deep coiled tubing capabilities and the introduction of in-house wireline services. The balance of the 2025 program will fund maintenance capital for all operating divisions as well as additional investments in the North American Tier IV fleet modernization program and coiled tubing fleet. Due to a delay in spending related to the Company’s 2024 capital program, approximately $30.0 million of 2024 capital commitments will be funded in 2025, mainly related to the expansion in Argentina, of which approximately $20.0 million occurred during the first quarter.

    NON-GAAP MEASURES

    Certain supplementary measures presented in this press release, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA percentage and Net Debt do not have any standardized meaning under IFRS and, because IFRS have been incorporated as Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), these supplementary measures are also non-GAAP measures. These measures have been described and presented to provide shareholders and potential investors with additional information regarding the Company’s financial results, liquidity and ability to generate funds to finance its operations. These measures may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other entities, and are explained below.

    Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income or loss for the period less interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, foreign exchange losses (gains), non-cash stock-based compensation, and gains and losses that are extraordinary or non-recurring. Adjusted EBITDA is presented because it gives an indication of the results from the Company’s principal business activities prior to consideration of how its activities are financed and the impact of foreign exchange, taxation and depreciation and amortization charges. Adjusted EBITDA is used by management to evaluate the performance of the Company and is also used as a basis for monitoring the Company’s compliance with covenants under the revolving credit facility. Adjusted EBITDA for the period was calculated as follows:

      Three Months Ended March 31,
     
      2025   2024  
    (C$000s) ($)   ($)  
         
    Net income (loss) from continuing operations 7,796   (2,903 )
    Add back (deduct):    
    Depreciation 31,922   27,995  
    Foreign exchange losses (gains) 1,693   (1,049 )
    Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 124   (6,241 )
    Restructuring charges 516    
    Stock-based compensation (925 ) 2,185  
    Interest, net 7,944   6,032  
    Income taxes 6,247   38  
    Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations 55,317   26,057  
    Less: IFRS 16 lease payments (3,679 ) (3,235 )
    Less: Argentina EBITDA threshold adjustment(1) (45,397 ) (5,428 )
    Bank EBITDA for covenant purposes 6,241   17,394  

    (1)Refer to note 4 of the Company’s interim consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

    Adjusted EBITDA percentage is a non-GAAP financial ratio that is determined by dividing Adjusted EBITDA by revenue for the corresponding period.

    Net Debt is defined as long-term debt less unamortized debt issuance costs plus lease obligations, less cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations. The calculation of net debt is disclosed in note 10 to the Company’s interim consolidated financial statements for the corresponding period.

    OTHER NON-STANDARD FINANCIAL TERMS

    MAINTENANCE AND EXPANSION CAPITAL

    Maintenance capital refers to expenditures in respect of capital additions, replacements or improvements required to maintain ongoing business operations. Expansion capital refers to expenditures primarily for new items, upgrades and/or equipment that will expand the Company’s revenue and/or reduce its expenditures through operating efficiencies. The determination of what constitutes maintenance capital expenditures versus expansion capital involves judgement by management.

    BUSINESS RISKS

    The business of Calfrac is subject to certain risks and uncertainties. Prior to making any investment decision regarding Calfrac, investors should carefully consider, among other things, the risk factors set forth in the Company’s most recently filed Annual Information Form under the heading “Risk Factors” which is available on the SEDAR+ website at www.sedarplus.ca under the Company’s profile. Copies of the Annual Information Form may also be obtained on request without charge from Calfrac at Suite 500, 407 – 8th Avenue S.W., Calgary, Alberta, Canada, T2P 1E5, or at www.calfrac.com.

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    Calfrac’s common shares are publicly traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “CFW”.

    Calfrac provides specialized oilfield services to exploration and production companies designed to increase the production of hydrocarbons from wells with continuing operations focused throughout western Canada, the United States and Argentina. During the first quarter of 2022, management committed to a plan to sell the Company’s Russian division, resulting in the associated assets and liabilities being classified as held for sale and presented in the Company’s financial statements as discontinued operations. The results of the Company’s discontinued operations are excluded from the discussion and figures presented above unless otherwise noted. See Note 4 to the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 for additional information on the Company’s discontinued operations.

    Further information regarding Calfrac Well Services Ltd., including the most recently filed Annual Information Form, can be accessed on the Company’s website at www.calfrac.com or under the Company’s public filings found at www.sedarplus.ca.

    FIRST QUARTER CONFERENCE CALL AND AGM UPDATE

    Calfrac will no longer be conducting the previously announced conference call to review its 2025 first-quarter results on Thursday, May 15, 2025. Any interested parties can reach out to Mike Olinek, Chief Financial Officer at the contact information below should they wish to ask any questions regarding the Company’s quarterly financial results.

    The Company will be holding its Annual General Meeting at 1:30 pm on Thursday May 15, 2025 in the Viking Room of the Calgary Petroleum Club.

    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

      March 31,   December 31,  
      2025   2024  
    (C$000s) ($)   ($)  
    ASSETS    
    Current assets    
    Cash and cash equivalents 15,463   44,045  
    Accounts receivable 306,957   251,108  
    Inventories 130,596   145,506  
    Prepaid expenses and deposits 21,797   26,452  
      474,813   467,111  
    Assets classified as held for sale 47,053   45,335  
      521,866   512,446  
    Non-current assets    
    Property, plant and equipment 684,123   673,381  
    Right-of-use assets 19,990   20,013  
    Deferred income tax assets 29,000   29,000  
      733,113   722,394  
    Total assets 1,254,979   1,234,840  
    LIABILITIES AND EQUITY    
    Current liabilities    
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 160,129   173,974  
    Income taxes payable 23,301   9,700  
    Current portion of long-term debt 341,095   150,000  
    Current portion of lease obligations 9,833   9,536  
      534,358   343,210  
    Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale 32,677   30,945  
      567,035   374,155  
    Non-current liabilities    
    Long-term debt   170,908  
    Lease obligations 13,209   13,948  
    Deferred income tax liabilities 14,473   22,499  
      27,682   207,355  
    Total liabilities 594,717   581,510  
    Capital stock 911,900   911,785  
    Contributed surplus 76,190   77,159  
    Accumulated deficit (373,875 ) (379,490 )
    Accumulated other comprehensive income 46,047   43,876  
    Total equity 660,262   653,330  
    Total liabilities and equity 1,254,979   1,234,840  

    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

      Three Months Ended March 31,
     
      2025   2024  
    (C$000s, except per share data) ($)   ($)  
         
    Revenue 370,057   330,096  
    Cost of sales 330,576   316,208  
    Gross profit 39,481   13,888  
    Expenses    
    Selling, general and administrative 15,677   18,011  
    Foreign exchange losses (gains) 1,693   (1,049 )
    Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 124   (6,241 )
    Interest, net 7,944   6,032  
      25,438   16,753  
    Income (loss) before income tax 14,043   (2,865 )
    Income tax expense (recovery)    
    Current 14,240   6,414  
    Deferred (7,993 ) (6,376 )
      6,247   38  
    Net income (loss) from continuing operations 7,796   (2,903 )
    Net (loss) income from discontinued operations (2,181 ) 750  
    Net income (loss) 5,615   (2,153 )
         
    Earnings (loss) per share – basic    
    Continuing operations 0.09   (0.03 )
    Discontinued operations (0.03 ) 0.01  
      0.07   (0.02 )
         
    Earnings (loss) per share – diluted    
    Continuing operations 0.09   (0.03 )
    Discontinued operations (0.03 ) 0.01  
      0.07   (0.02 )

    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

      Three Months Ended March 31,
     
      2025   2024  
    (C$000s) ($)   ($)  
    CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY (USED IN)   Restated
    OPERATING ACTIVITIES    
    Net income (loss) 7,796   (2,903 )
    Adjusted for the following:    
    Depreciation 31,922   27,995  
    Stock-based compensation (925 ) 2,185  
    Unrealized foreign exchange losses 1,846   2,627  
    Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment 124   (6,241 )
    Interest 7,944   6,032  
    Interest paid (12,716 ) (9,717 )
    Deferred income taxes (7,993 ) (6,376 )
    Changes in items of working capital (35,048 ) (1,644 )
    Cash flows (used in) provided by operating activities from continuing operations (7,050 ) 11,958  
    Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities from discontinued operations 10,231   (8,185 )
    Net cash flows provided by operating activities 3,181   3,773  
    INVESTING ACTIVITIES    
    Purchase of property, plant and equipment (38,498 ) (55,727 )
    Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment 1,553   11,508  
    Proceeds on disposal of right-of-use assets 206   227  
    Cash flows used in investing activities from continuing operations (36,739 ) (43,992 )
    Cash flows used in investing activities from discontinued operations (1,457 ) (678 )
    Net cash flows used in investing activities (38,196 ) (44,670 )
    FINANCING ACTIVITIES    
    Issuance of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs 30,000   60,000  
    Long-term debt repayments (10,000 )  
    Lease obligation principal repayments (3,244 ) (2,840 )
    Proceeds on issuance of common shares from the exercise of stock options 71    
    Cash flows provided by financing activities from continuing operations 16,827   57,160  
    Cash flows provided by financing activities from discontinued operations    
    Net cash flows provided by financing activities 16,827   57,160  
    Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 550   (1,464 )
    (Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents (17,638 ) 14,799  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 50,776   45,190  
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period 33,138   59,989  
    Included in the cash and cash equivalents per the balance sheet 15,463   58,239  
    Included in the assets held for sale/discontinued operations 17,675   1,750  


    ADVISORIES

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    In order to provide Calfrac shareholders and potential investors with information regarding the Company and its subsidiaries, including management’s assessment of Calfrac’s plans and future operations, certain statements contained in this press release, including statements that contain words such as “seek”, “anticipate”, “plan”, “continue”, “estimate”, “expect”, “may”, “will”, “project”, “predict”, “potential”, “targeting”, “intend”, “could”, “might”, “should”, “believe”, “forecast” or similar words suggesting future outcomes, are forward-looking statements or forward-looking information within the meaning of applicable securities laws (collectively, “forward-looking statements”).

    In particular, forward-looking statements in this press release include, but are not limited to, statements with respect to the expectations regarding trends in, and prospects of, the global oil and gas industry; activity, demand, utilization and outlook for the Company’s continuing operations, including the potential impacts of, and mitigation strategies for, the trade tariffs implemented by the U.S. and Canada on the Company’s North American segment and the strong activity and profitability outlook for the Argentina segment; the supply and demand fundamentals of the pressure pumping industry; input costs, margin and service pricing trends and strategies; operating and financing strategies, performance, priorities, metrics and estimates, including the Company’s ability to repatriate cash from Argentina and the timing thereof; the Company’s Russian segment, including the planned sale of the Russian division; the Company’s service quality and competitive position; capital investment plans, including the progress of the Company’s fleet modernization plan in North America and planned wireline investments to bolster the Company’s service offering in Argentina; and the Company’s expectations and intentions with respect to the foregoing.

    These statements are derived from certain assumptions and analyses made by the Company based on its experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors that it believes are appropriate in the circumstances, including, but not limited to, the economic and political environment in which the Company operates, including the continued implementation of Argentina economic reforms and liberalization of its oil and gas industry as well as the current state of the trade war between Canada and the U.S. and its expected impact on the pressure pumping market in North America; the Company’s expectations for its customers’ capital budgets, demand for services and geographical areas of focus; the level of merger and acquisition activity among oil and gas producers and its impact on the demand for well completion services; the anticipated effects of artificial intelligence power requirements and the commissioning of liquified natural gas terminals on supply and demand fundamentals for oil and natural gas; the ability of newly deployed Tier IV DGB pumping units to achieve manufacturer claims with respect to operational performance, diesel displacement and costs savings in the field; the effect of environmental, social and governance factors on customer and investor preferences and capital deployment; the status of the military conflict in the Ukraine and related Canadian, United States and international sanctions and restrictions involving Russia and counter-sanctions, restrictions, and political measures that may be undertaken in respect of the Company’s ownership and planned sale of the Russian division; industry equipment levels including the number of active fracturing fleets marketed by the Company’s competitors and the timing of deployment of the Company’s fleet upgrades; the continued effectiveness of cost reduction measures instituted by the Company; the Company’s existing contracts and the status of current negotiations with key customers and suppliers; and the likelihood that the current tax and regulatory regime will remain substantially unchanged.

    Forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the Company’s expectations. Such risk factors include but are not limited to: (A) industry risks, including but not limited to, global economic conditions and the level of exploration, development and production for oil and natural gas in North America and Argentina; a shift in strategy by exploration and production companies prioritizing shareholders returns over production growth; excess equipment levels; impacts of conservation measures and technological advances on the demand for the Company’s services; an intensely competitive oilfield services industry; and hazards inherent in the industry; (B) geopolitical risks, including but not limited to, the impacts of the trade war between Canada and United States; foreign operations exposure, including risks relating to repatriation of cash from foreign jurisdictions, unsettled political conditions, war, foreign exchange rates and controls; and risks that the sale of the discontinued operations in Russia may not occur or may be delayed; (C) financial risks, including but not limited to, restrictions on the Company’s access to capital, including the impacts of covenants under the Company’s lending documents; direct and indirect exposure to volatile credit markets, including interest rate risk; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; price escalation and availability of raw materials, diesel fuel and component parts; actual results which are materially different from management estimates and assumptions; the Company’s access to capital and common share price given a significant number of common shares are controlled by two directors of the Company; possible dilution from outstanding stock-based compensation, additional equity or debt securities; and changes in tax rates or reassessment risk by tax authorities; (D) business operations risks, including but not limited to, fleet reinvestment risk, including the ability of the Company to finance the capital necessary for equipment upgrades to support its operational needs while meeting government and customer requirements and preferences; risks of delays and quality of equipment due to Company’s reliance on equipment manufacturers, suppliers and fabricators; seasonal volatility; constrained demand for the Company’s services due to merger and acquisition activity; a concentrated customer base; cybersecurity risks; difficulty retaining, replacing or adding personnel; failure to continuously improve equipment, proprietary fluid chemistries and other products and services; climate change; failure to maintain safety standards and records; improper access to confidential information; failure to effectively and timely address the energy transition; risks of various types of activism; and failure to realize anticipated benefits of acquisitions and dispositions; (E) legal and regulatory risks, including but not limited to, federal, provincial and state legislative and regulatory initiatives and laws; health, safety and environmental laws and regulations; the direct and indirect costs of various existing and proposed climate change regulations; and legal and administrative proceedings. Further information about these and other risks and uncertainties may be found under the heading “Business Risks” above.

    Consequently, all of the forward-looking statements made in this press release are qualified by these cautionary statements and there can be no assurance that actual results or developments anticipated by the Company will be realized, or that they will have the expected consequences or effects on the Company or its business or operations. These statements speak only as of the respective date of this press release or the documents incorporated by reference herein. The Company assumes no obligation to update publicly any such forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required pursuant to applicable securities laws.

    For further information, please contact:

    Mike Olinek, Chief Financial Officer

    Telephone: 403-266-6000        
    www.calfrac.com

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Barnwell Industries, Inc. Reports Results for its Second Quarter Ended March 31, 2025

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HONOLULU, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Barnwell Industries, Inc. (NYSE American: BRN) today reported financial results for its second quarter ended March 31, 2025. For the quarter, the Company had revenue from continuing operations of $3,569,000 and a net loss from continuing operations of $1,538,000 or $0.15 per share. In the prior year quarter ended March 31, 2024, the Company reported quarterly revenue from continuing operations of $4,678,000 and a net loss from continuing operations of $1,306,000 or $0.13 per share.

    The net loss from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was due to an increase of $906,000, 72%, in general and administrative expenses due to $978,000 in new expenses related to both a shareholder consent solicitation and a proxy contest as compared to the same period in the prior year. Additionally, the loss was due to a decrease of $500,000 in our land investment segment operating results, before non-controlling interests’ share of such profits, due to the Kukio Resort Land Development Partnerships’ sale of two lots in the prior quarter period, whereas no lots were sold in the current quarter period.

    Non-Cash Impairment, Oil and Gas Production

    The net loss from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025 included a ceiling test impairment of $52,000 as compared to a $1,677,000 ceiling test impairment in the prior year period, a $1,625,000 decrease. Additionally, oil and natural gas depletion in the current year period decreased $589,000 as compared to the second quarter in the prior year due to a lower depletion rate due to prior years’ write downs and decreased production. Oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids production decreased 14%, 24% and 13%, respectively, during the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to the prior year’s quarter.

    Sale of our Water Drilling Subsidiary

    During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company completed the sale of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Water Resources International, Inc. (“Water Resources”) for $1,050,000. Water Resources drilled water wells and water pumping systems in Hawaii and represented our contract drilling segment. As a result of the sale, the Company has reclassified the results of its contract drilling business as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Having previously sold assets held by this segment, the Company recorded a loss of $193,000 on the sale of Water Resources in the quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Proxy Contest, Expenses Increase

    The aforementioned consent solicitation and proxy contest are currently on going and costs will continue to be incurred until the matter is resolved. Accordingly, general and administrative expenses will continue to be affected by these matters beyond March 31, 2025. The Company is unable to estimate the amount of such future costs as the matter as such costs will depend upon the future actions to be taken, which are yet to be determined.

    Due to these proxy contest costs, incurred and estimated to be incurred, and the impacts of recently imposed tariffs which have caused a reduction in oil prices and have had an impact on the U.S. economy as a whole, we now face greater uncertainty about our oil and natural gas operating cash inflows, which in turn has raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The Company is investigating potential sources of funding, including debt financing, non-core oil and natural gas property sales and the partial or complete sale of its remaining interests in the Kukio Resort Land Development Partnerships, however, no probable timing or amounts of such funding have yet been secured.

    Summary and Outlook

    Craig D. Hopkins, CEO, stated, “Our current proxy contest has negatively impacted the Company’s liquidity and hindered its investment and growth opportunities. The completed sale of our contract drilling business will help refocus our efforts and reduce fixed costs in the coming quarters. We are also seeking ways to further reduce costs and enhance profitability. With a streamlined cost structure, Barnwell should be positioned to invest more in operations. The Company ended the quarter with a working capital deficit of $57,000, including $1,432,000 in cash and cash equivalents.

    The information contained in this press release contains “forward-looking statements,” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. A forward-looking statement is one which is based on current expectations of future events or conditions and does not relate to historical or current facts. These statements include various estimates, forecasts, projections of Barnwell’s future performance, statements of Barnwell’s plans and objectives, and other similar statements. Forward-looking statements include phrases such as “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “predicts,” “estimates,” “assumes,” “projects,” “may,” “will,” “will be,” “should,” or similar expressions. Although Barnwell believes that its current expectations are based on reasonable assumptions, it cannot assure that the expectations contained in such forward-looking statements will be achieved. Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions which could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in such statements. The risks, uncertainties and other factors that might cause actual results to differ materially from Barnwell’s expectations are set forth in the “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors” and other sections of Barnwell’s annual report on Form 10-K for the last fiscal year and Barnwell’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Investors should not place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements contained in this press release, as they speak only as of the date of this press release, and Barnwell expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to publicly release any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein.

    COMPARATIVE OPERATING RESULTS
    (Unaudited)
     
        Three months ended   Six months ended
        March 31,   March 31,
          2025       2024       2025       2024  
                     
    Revenues   $ 3,569,000     $ 4,678,000     $ 7,503,000     $ 9,840,000  
                     
    Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Barnwell Industries, Inc.   $ (1,538,000 )   $ (1,306,000 )   $ (3,136,000 )   $ (1,656,000 )
    Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations     331,000       (466,000 )     12,000       (780,000 )
    Net loss attributable to Barnwell Industries, Inc.   $ (1,207,000 )   $ (1,772,000 )   $ (3,124,000 )   $ (2,436,000 )
                     
    Basic and diluted net (loss) earnings per share:                
    Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Barnwell Industries, Inc.   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.13 )   $ (0.31 )   $ (0.16 )
    Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations     0.03       (0.05 )           (0.08 )
    Net loss attributable to Barnwell Industries, Inc.   $ (0.12 )   $ (0.18 )   $ (0.31 )   $ (0.24 )
                     
    Weighted-average shares and              
    equivalent shares outstanding:            
    Basic and diluted     10,053,534       10,019,172       10,050,319       10,007,905  
                     
    CONTACT: Craig D. Hopkins
      Chief Executive Officer and President
      Phone: (403) 531-1560
      Email:info@bocl.ca

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Tradoor Unveils ‘Fastest DEX on TON’ Following $3.2m in Financing

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    HONG KONG, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Tradoor, the first triple Perps, Options, and SocialFi DEX on The Open Network (TON), has announced $3.2 million in total funding to bring CEX-grade trading to Telegram. The rounds were led by TON Ventures and Kenetic Capital, with participation from Sigil Fund, Protagonist, VentureSouq, T Fund, TONX, Re7 Capital, and BitsLab. The financing also includes a $1.5 million token purchase commitment, which will support Tradoor’s roadmap to deliver high-frequency trading on TON, and an upcoming ‘Turbo Rewards’ trade to earn campaign.

    Tradoor introduces groundbreaking features such as Turbo Mode and Turbo Accounts, which dramatically enhance trading speed and user experience. Turbo Mode enables transactions at 10,000 TPS with confirmation times as fast as 50 milliseconds. Turbo Accounts allow seamless one-click trades and multi-chain deposits from networks such as Ethereum, BNB Smart Chain, or Solana, and ensure zero price slippage for unmatched trading efficiency.

    “Think of Tradoor as ‘Hyperliquid in your pocket’, on Telegram,” said core contributor Balal Khan. “With Turbo Mode, users enjoy instant trades at speeds 600x faster than before, fully onchain on TON, with the lowest gas fees on the network. Users can open a Turbo Account in just one step, no KYC required, and start trading with a single click. The Price Lock mechanism guarantees zero slippage, making your trading efficient and worry-free.”

    Tradoor is set to launch token swap functionality and innovative AI-powered features, including text-to-trade, which lets users execute trades via text commands, and a social copy trading product, allowing users to replicate the trades of top-performing community traders.

    The “Turbo Rewards” trade to earn campaign will offer reward trading activity in the form of $DOOR points – Tradoor’s in-app reward – with points awarded for trading volume.

    Jehan Chu of Kenetic Capital commented, “Tradoor’s integration on Telegram brings CEX-grade trading into the hands of hundreds of millions of users. With its innovative Turbo Mode, we believe Tradoor is uniquely positioned to introduce high-frequency trading into TON’s rapidly growing ecosystem.”

    Telegram, already a prominent global messaging platform, continues to gain significant traction within the crypto community. TON, its underlying blockchain ecosystem, has 42 million activated wallets and supports a wide array of decentralized applications — further amplifying Tradoor’s potential reach and impact.

    Tradoor’s new multi-collateral pool now includes support for tgBTC, which could provide liquidity providers with attractive double-digit yields on USDT, Toncoin, tgUSD, and Bitcoin. tgBTC functions as a tokenized version of Bitcoin within the Telegram and TON ecosystems, designed to enable users to access DeFi benefits while retaining exposure to Bitcoin.

    Since its launch in Q3 2024, Tradoor has reached several key milestones, including over $400 million in trading volume, 360,000 total active users, and a record-breaking $49 million in daily trading volume — the highest on TON to date. The platform has also earned industry recognition, winning both the Open League 6 contest organized by TON Society and the TON Code Summer Asia Hackathon.

    About Tradoor

    Tradoor is the first triple Perps + Options + SocialFi decentralized protocol on TON, a fast and self-custodial all-in-one trading tool for Telegram and Web App users. It’s unique ‘Turbo Mode’ offers one-click confirmations and a high throughput of 10K TPS, 50ms execution time, with the lowest gas fees on TON. Users experience zero price slippage with the Price Lock guarantee and fair pricing with the AI-enhanced Liquidity Shield. Turbo Accounts enhance usability with one-click trades and multi-chain deposit support.

    Website: tradoor.ioMini AppUser GuideTwitter/XTelegram News

    For media enquiries, please contact Wei Wei Lim: limweiwei@tradoor.io

    Disclaimer: This is a paid post and is provided by Tradoor. The statements, views, and opinions expressed in this content are solely those of the content provider and do not necessarily reflect the views of this media platform or its publisher. We do not endorse, verify, or guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information presented. We do not guarantee any claims, statements, or promises made in this article. This content is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial, investment, or trading advice.Investing in crypto and mining-related opportunities involves significant risks, including the potential loss of capital. It is possible to lose all your capital. These products may not be suitable for everyone, and you should ensure that you understand the risks involved. Seek independent advice if necessary. Speculate only with funds that you can afford to lose. Readers are strongly encouraged to conduct their own research and consult with a qualified financial advisor before making any investment decisions. However, due to the inherently speculative nature of the blockchain sector—including cryptocurrency, NFTs, and mining—complete accuracy cannot always be guaranteed.

    Neither the media platform nor the publisher shall be held responsible for any fraudulent activities, misrepresentations, or financial losses arising from the content of this press release. In the event of any legal claims or charges against this article, we accept no liability or responsibility. Globenewswire does not endorse any content on this page.

    Legal Disclaimer: This media platform provides the content of this article on an “as-is” basis, without any warranties or representations of any kind, express or implied. We assume no responsibility for any inaccuracies, errors, or omissions. We do not assume any responsibility or liability for the accuracy, content, images, videos, licenses, completeness, legality, or reliability of the information presented herein. Any concerns, complaints, or copyright issues related to this article should be directed to the content provider mentioned above.

    Photos accompanying this announcement are available at :

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/cc26ef7a-0bf7-4b0e-aa66-0d302f74fb2d

    https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/1ed9a600-ca64-4a4d-8c44-be94ba86841a

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: KE Holdings Inc. Announces First Quarter 2025 Unaudited Financial Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    BEIJING, May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — KE Holdings Inc. (“Beike” or the “Company”) (NYSE: BEKE; HKEX: 2423), a leading integrated online and offline platform for housing transactions and services, today announced its unaudited financial results for the first quarter ended March 31, 2025.

    Business and Financial Highlights for the First Quarter 2025

    • Gross transaction value (GTV)1 was RMB843.7 billion (US$116.3 billion), an increase of 34.0% year-over-year. GTV of existing home transactions was RMB580.3 billion (US$80.0 billion), an increase of 28.1% year-over-year. GTV of new home transactions was RMB232.2 billion (US$32.0 billion), an increase of 53.0% year-over-year.
    • Net revenues were RMB23.3 billion (US$3.2 billion), an increase of 42.4% year-over-year.
    • Net income was RMB855 million (US$118 million), an increase of 97.9% year-over-year. Adjusted net income2 was RMB1,393 million (US$192 million), relatively flat year-over-year.
    • Number of stores was 56,849 as of March 31, 2025, a 28.6% increase from one year ago. Number of active stores3 was 55,210 as of March 31, 2025, a 29.6% increase from one year ago.
    • Number of agents was 550,290 as of March 31, 2025, a 24.3% increase from one year ago. Number of active agents4 was 490,862 as of March 31, 2025, a 23.0% increase from one year ago.
    • Mobile monthly active users (MAU)5 averaged 44.5 million in the first quarter of 2025, compared to 47.7 million in the same period of 2024.

    Mr. Stanley Yongdong Peng, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Beike, commented, “Building on the stable market performance and the continued effectiveness of our growth strategy, our business maintained strong growth in the first quarter, with our total transaction value increasing by 34.0% year-over-year and net revenues rising by 42.4%. Our housing transaction services continue to significantly outperform the market. Our platform continually empowers more industry partners, with the numbers of active stores and agents increasing notably by 29.6% and 23.0% year-over-year, respectively, and with improvements in both agent and store efficiency. Our home renovation and furnishing services saw steady revenue growth, achieving a record high in contribution margin, with initial progress in improving customer experience and operational efficiency. The home rental services managed over 500,000 units by the end of the first quarter, with ongoing improvements in operational capabilities. We are also advancing our AI applications, deploying multiple intelligent tools on both the C-end and B-end, enhancing customer experience and boosting service efficiency.”

    “Looking ahead, we are confident in the long-term development of our Company under the ‘One Body, Three Wings’ strategy and will continue to invest firmly in AI applications. At the same time, we will be more prudent in other types of investments this year, focusing on the return on investment to strengthen the foundation for safe operations and ensure that shareholders who support the Company’s long-term vision can benefit from our sustainable development,” concluded Mr. Peng.

    Mr. Tao Xu, Executive Director and Chief Financial Officer of Beike, added, “In the first quarter, the market performance was very stable, continuing the positive impact resulting from the policies implemented in September last year. National new home sales remained relatively flat year-over-year in the first quarter, better than the substantial year-over-year decline in the same period last year, and the existing home market remained at a high level in activity.

    For performance in the first quarter, our net revenues reached RMB23.3 billion, up 42.4% year-over-year. Net revenues from existing home transaction services reached RMB6.9 billion in Q1, up 20.0% year-over-year. Net revenues from new home transaction services reached RMB8.1 billion in Q1, up 64.2% year-over-year. Net revenues from non-housing transaction services grew by 46.2% year-over-year, accounted for 35.9% of total net revenues. Among these, net revenues from home rental services reached a record high of RMB5.1 billion, up 93.8% year-over-year. Our operational efficiency further improved. The operating expenses in the first quarter were RMB4.2 billion, down 31.3% quarter-over-quarter. The profitability also improved. The net income in the first quarter reached RMB855 million, up 97.9% year-on-year. The adjusted net income reached RMB1,393 million.

    With robust cash reserves, we continued to reward our shareholders who have grown with us. In the first quarter, we allocated approximately US$139 million to share repurchases, and the repurchased shares accounted for approximately 0.6% of the Company’s total issued shares at the end of 2024.

    We will continue to support long-term business development by fully backing our ‘One Body, Three Wings’ strategic initiatives and actively exploring the AI technology.”

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    Net Revenues

    Net revenues increased by 42.4% to RMB23.3 billion (US$3.2 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB16.4 billion in the same period of 2024, primarily attributable to the increase of total GTV and the expansion of home rental business. Total GTV increased by 34.0% to RMB843.7 billion (US$116.3 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB629.9 billion in the same period of 2024, primarily attributable to the sustained growth of existing home transaction market and the Company’s enhanced capabilities in market coverage.

    • Net revenues from existing home transaction services were RMB6.9 billion (US$0.9 billion) in the first quarter of 2025, increased by 20.0% from RMB5.7 billion in the same period of 2024. GTV of existing home transactions increased by 28.1% to RMB580.3 billion (US$80.0 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB453.2 billion in the same period of 2024. The higher growth rate in GTV compared to net revenues in existing home transaction services was primarily attributable to a) a higher contribution from GTV of existing home transaction services served by connected agents on the Company’s platform, for which revenue is recorded on a net basis from platform service, franchise service and other value-added services, while for GTV served by Lianjia brand, the revenue is recorded on a gross commission revenue basis, and b) a lower proportion of GTV from existing home rental transaction services as of total existing home transaction services, which has a higher commission rate than existing home sales transaction services.

      Among that, (i) commission revenue was RMB5.6 billion (US$0.8 billion) in the first quarter of 2025, increased by 20.5% from RMB4.6 billion in the same period of 2024, primarily attributable to the increase of GTV of existing home transactions served by Lianjia stores of 23.6% to RMB221.4 billion (US$30.5 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB179.2 billion in the same period of 2024; and

      (ii) revenues derived from platform service, franchise service and other value-added services, which are mostly charged to connected stores and agents on the Company’s platform increased by 17.6% to RMB1.3 billion (US$0.2 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB1.1 billion in the same period of 2024, mainly due to an increase of GTV of existing home transactions served by connected agents on the Company’s platform of 31.0% to RMB358.9 billion (US$49.5 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB274.0 billion in the same period of 2024, partially offset by incentive-based reductions in platform service and franchise service fees for connected stores.

    • Net revenues from new home transaction services increased by 64.2% to RMB8.1 billion (US$1.1 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB4.9 billion in the same period of 2024, primarily due to the increase of GTV of new home transactions of 53.0% to RMB232.2 billion (US$32.0 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB151.8 billion in the same period of 2024. Among that, the GTV of new home transactions facilitated on Beike platform through connected agents, dedicated sales team with the expertise on new home transaction services and other sales channels increased by 58.3% to RMB192.0 billion (US$26.5 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB121.3 billion in the same period of 2024, and the GTV of new home transactions served by Lianjia brand increased by 32.1% to RMB40.3 billion (US$5.5 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB30.5 billion in the same period of 2024.
    • Net revenues from home renovation and furnishing increased by 22.3% to RMB2.9 billion (US$0.4 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB2.4 billion in the same period of 2024, primarily attributable to the increase in home renovation orders referred by home transaction services.
    • Net revenues from home rental services increased by 93.8% to RMB5.1 billion (US$0.7 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB2.6 billion in the same period of 2024, primarily attributable to the increase of the number of rental units under the Carefree Rent model.
    • Net revenues from emerging and other services were RMB350 million (US$48 million) in the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB700 million in the same period of 2024.

    Cost of Revenues

    Total cost of revenues increased by 51.0% to RMB18.5 billion (US$2.6 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB12.3 billion in the same period of 2024.

    • Commission – split. The Company’s cost of revenues for commissions to connected agents and other sales channels increased by 66.6% to RMB5.7 billion (US$0.8 billion) in the first quarter of 2025, from RMB3.4 billion in the same period of 2024, primarily due to the increase in net revenues from new home transaction services derived from transactions facilitated through connected agents and other sales channels.
    • Commission and compensation – internal. The Company’s cost of revenues for internal commission and compensation increased by 33.1% to RMB4.8 billion (US$0.7 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB3.6 billion in the same period of 2024, primarily due to an increase in the net revenues from existing and new home transactions derived from transactions facilitated through Lianjia agents and the increase in fixed compensation costs mainly driven by the increased number of Lianjia agents and improved benefits for them.
    • Cost of home renovation and furnishing. The Company’s cost of revenues for home renovation and furnishing increased by 18.8% to RMB2.0 billion (US$0.3 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB1.7 billion in the same period of 2024, which was in line with the growth of net revenues from home renovation and furnishing.
    • Cost of home rental services. The Company’s cost of revenues for home rental services increased by 91.3% to RMB4.7 billion (US$0.7 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB2.5 billion in the same period of 2024, primarily attributable to the growth of net revenues from home rental services.
    • Cost related to stores. The Company’s cost related to stores increased by 4.6% to RMB717 million (US$99 million) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB685 million in the same period of 2024, primarily attributable to the increased number of Lianjia stores.
    • Other costs. The Company’s other costs increased to RMB0.5 billion (US$0.1 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB0.4 billion in the same period of 2024, mainly due to the increased tax and surcharges in line with the increased net revenues and an increase in provision and funding costs of financial services.

    Gross Profit

    Gross profit increased by 17.0% to RMB4.8 billion (US$0.7 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB4.1 billion in the same period of 2024. Gross margin decreased to 20.7% in the first quarter of 2025 from 25.2% in the same period of 2024, primarily due to a) a lower proportion of net revenues from existing home transaction services with a relatively higher contribution margin than other revenues streams, and b) a lower contribution margin of existing home transaction services led by the increased fix compensation costs as percentage of net revenues from existing home transaction services.

    Income from Operations

    Total operating expenses were RMB4.2 billion (US$0.6 billion) in the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB4.1 billion in the same period of 2024.

    • General and administrative expenses were RMB1.9 billion (US$0.3 billion) in the first quarter of 2025, compared with RMB2.0 billion in the same period of 2024, mainly due to the decrease in share-based compensation expenses.
    • Sales and marketing expenses increased by 9.2% to RMB1.8 billion (US$0.2 billion) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB1.6 billion in the same period of 2024, mainly due to the increase in sales and marketing expenses for home renovation and furnishing business.
    • Research and development expenses increased by 24.9% to RMB584 million (US$80 million) in the first quarter of 2025 from RMB467 million in the same period of 2024, primarily due to the increased headcount of research and development personnel and the increased technical service costs.

    Income from operations was RMB591 million (US$81million) in the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB12 million in the same period of 2024. Operating margin was 2.5% in the first quarter of 2025, compared to 0.1% in the same period of 2024, primarily due to the improved operating leverage, compared to the same period of 2024.

    Adjusted income from operations6 was RMB1,148 million (US$158 million) in the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB960 million in the same period of 2024. Adjusted operating margin7 was 4.9% in the first quarter of 2025, compared to 5.9% in the same period of 2024. Adjusted EBITDA8 was RMB1,842 million (US$254 million) in the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB1,666 million in the same period of 2024.

    Net Income

    Net income was RMB855 million (US$118 million) in the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB432 million in the same period of 2024.

    Adjusted net income was RMB1,393 million (US$192 million) in the first quarter of 2025, relatively flat compared to RMB1,392 million in the same period of 2024.

    Net Income attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s Ordinary Shareholders

    Net income attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders was RMB856 million (US$118 million) in the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB432 million in the same period of 2024.

    Adjusted net income attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders9 was RMB1,393 million (US$192 million) in the first quarter of 2025, compared to RMB1,392 million in the same period of 2024.

    Net Income per ADS

    Basic and diluted net income per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders10 were RMB0.76 (US$0.10) and RMB0.73 (US$0.10) in the first quarter of 2025, respectively, compared to RMB0.38 and RMB0.37 in the same period of 2024, respectively.

    Adjusted basic and diluted net income per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders11 were RMB1.24 (US$0.17) and RMB1.19 (US$0.16) in the first quarter of 2025, respectively, compared to RMB1.21 and RMB1.18 in the same period of 2024, respectively.

    Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Short-Term Investments

    As of March 31, 2025, the combined balance of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and short-term investments amounted to RMB54.8 billion (US$7.6 billion).

    Share Repurchase Program

    As previously disclosed, the Company established a share repurchase program in August 2022 and upsized and extended it in August 2023 and August 2024, under which the Company may purchase up to US$3 billion of its Class A ordinary shares and/or ADSs until August 31, 2025, subject to obtaining another general unconditional mandate for the repurchase from the shareholders of the Company at the next annual general meeting to continue its share repurchase after the expiry of the existing share repurchase mandate granted by the annual general meeting held on June 14, 2024. As of March 31, 2025, the Company in aggregate has purchased approximately 116.6 million ADSs (representing approximately 349.9 million Class A ordinary shares) on the New York Stock Exchange with a total consideration of approximately US$1,764.8 million under this share repurchase program since its launch.

    Conference Call Information

    The Company will hold an earnings conference call at 8:00 A.M. U.S. Eastern Time on Thursday, May 15, 2025 (8:00 P.M. Beijing/Hong Kong Time on Thursday, May 15, 2025) to discuss the financial results.

    For participants who wish to join the conference call using dial-in numbers, please complete online registration using the link provided below at least 20 minutes prior to the scheduled call start time. Dial-in numbers, passcode and unique access PIN would be provided upon registering.

    Participant Online Registration:

    English Line: https://s1.c-conf.com/diamondpass/10046740-j8h7g6.html

    Chinese Simultaneous Interpretation Line (listen-only mode): https://s1.c-conf.com/diamondpass/10046741-h6g53.html

    A replay of the conference call will be accessible through May 22, 2025, by dialing the following numbers:

    United States: +1-855-883-1031
    Mainland, China: 400-1209-216
    Hong Kong, China: 800-930-639
    International: +61-7-3107-6325
    Replay PIN (English line): 10046740
    Replay PIN (Chinese simultaneous interpretation line): 10046741
       

    A live and archived webcast of the conference call will also be available at the Company’s investor relations website at https://investors.ke.com.

    Exchange Rate

    This press release contains translations of certain RMB amounts into U.S. dollars (“US$”) at specified rates solely for the convenience of the reader. Unless otherwise stated, all translations from RMB to US$ were made at the rate of RMB7.2567 to US$1.00, the noon buying rate in effect on March 31, 2025, in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board. The Company makes no representation that the RMB or US$ amounts referred could be converted into US$ or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate or at all. For analytical presentation, all percentages are calculated using the numbers presented in the financial information contained in this earnings release.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures

    The Company uses adjusted income (loss) from operations, adjusted net income (loss), adjusted net income (loss) attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders, adjusted operating margin, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income (loss) per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders, each a non-GAAP financial measure, in evaluating its operating results and formulating its business plan. Beike believes that these non-GAAP financial measures help identify underlying trends in the Company’s business that could otherwise be distorted by the effect of certain expenses that the Company includes in its net income (loss). Beike also believes that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information about its results of operations, enhance the overall understanding of its past performance and future prospects and allow for greater visibility with respect to key metrics used by its management in formulating its business plan. A limitation of using these non-GAAP financial measures is that these non-GAAP financial measures exclude share-based compensation expenses that have been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense in the Company’s business.

    The presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or construed as an alternative to gross profit, net income (loss) or any other measure of performance or as an indicator of its operating performance. Investors are encouraged to review these non-GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measures. The non-GAAP financial measures presented here may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Other companies may calculate similarly titled measures differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures to the Company’s data. Beike encourages investors and others to review its financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure. Adjusted income (loss) from operations is defined as income (loss) from operations, excluding (i) share-based compensation expenses, and (ii) amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and business cooperation agreement. Adjusted operating margin is defined as adjusted income (loss) from operations as a percentage of net revenues. Adjusted net income (loss) is defined as net income (loss), excluding (i) share-based compensation expenses, (ii) amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and business cooperation agreement, (iii) changes in fair value from long-term investments, loan receivables measured at fair value and contingent consideration, (iv) impairment of investments, and (v) tax effects of the above non-GAAP adjustments. Adjusted net income (loss) attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders is defined as net income (loss) attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders, excluding (i) share-based compensation expenses, (ii) amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and business cooperation agreement, (iii) changes in fair value from long-term investments, loan receivables measured at fair value and contingent consideration, (iv) impairment of investments, (v) tax effects of the above non-GAAP adjustments, and (vi) effects of non-GAAP adjustments on net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests shareholders. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income (loss), excluding (i) income tax expense, (ii) share-based compensation expenses, (iii) amortization of intangible assets, (iv) depreciation of property, plant and equipment, (v) interest income, net, (vi) changes in fair value from long-term investments, loan receivables measured at fair value and contingent consideration, and (vii) impairment of investments. Adjusted net income (loss) per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders is defined as adjusted net income (loss) attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders divided by weighted average number of ADS outstanding during the periods used in calculating adjusted net income (loss) per ADS, basic and diluted.

    Please see the “Unaudited reconciliation of GAAP and non-GAAP results” included in this press release for a full reconciliation of each non-GAAP measure to its respective comparable GAAP measure.

    About KE Holdings Inc.

    KE Holdings Inc. is a leading integrated online and offline platform for housing transactions and services. The Company is a pioneer in building infrastructure and standards to reinvent how service providers and customers efficiently navigate and complete housing transactions and services in China, ranging from existing and new home sales, home rentals, to home renovation and furnishing, and other services. The Company owns and operates Lianjia, China’s leading real estate brokerage brand and an integral part of its Beike platform. With more than 23 years of operating experience through Lianjia since its inception in 2001, the Company believes the success and proven track record of Lianjia pave the way for it to build its infrastructure and standards and drive the rapid and sustainable growth of Beike.

    Safe Harbor Statement

    This press release contains statements that may constitute “forward-looking” statements pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as “will,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “aims,” “future,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “estimates,” “likely to,” and similar statements. Among other things, the quotations from management in this press release, as well as Beike’s strategic and operational plans, contain forward-looking statements. Beike may also make written or oral forward-looking statements in its periodic reports to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Hong Kong Stock Exchange”), in its annual report to shareholders, in press releases and other written materials and in oral statements made by its officers, directors or employees to third parties. Statements that are not historical facts, including statements about KE Holdings Inc.’s beliefs, plans, and expectations, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties. A number of factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement, including but not limited to the following: Beike’s goals and strategies; Beike’s future business development, financial condition and results of operations; expected changes in the Company’s revenues, costs or expenditures; Beike’s ability to empower services and facilitate transactions on Beike platform; competition in the industry in which Beike operates; relevant government policies and regulations relating to the industry; Beike’s ability to protect the Company’s systems and infrastructures from cyber-attacks; Beike’s dependence on the integrity of brokerage brands, stores and agents on the Company’s platform; general economic and business conditions in China and globally; and assumptions underlying or related to any of the foregoing. Further information regarding these and other risks is included in KE Holdings Inc.’s filings with the SEC and the Hong Kong Stock Exchange. All information provided in this press release is as of the date of this press release, and KE Holdings Inc. does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, except as required under applicable law.

    For more information, please visit: https://investors.ke.com.

    For investor and media inquiries, please contact:

    In China:
    KE Holdings Inc.
    Investor Relations
    Siting Li
    E-mail: ir@ke.com

    Piacente Financial Communications
    Jenny Cai
    Tel: +86-10-6508-0677
    E-mail: ke@tpg-ir.com

    In the United States:
    Piacente Financial Communications
    Brandi Piacente
    Tel: +1-212-481-2050
    E-mail: ke@tpg-ir.com

    Source: KE Holdings Inc.

    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (All amounts in thousands, except for share, per share data)
     
        As of
    December 31,
      As of
    March 31,
        2024   2025
        RMB   RMB   US$
                 
    ASSETS            
    Current assets            
    Cash and cash equivalents   11,442,965   12,772,700   1,760,125
    Restricted cash   8,858,449   10,145,685   1,398,113
    Short-term investments   41,317,700   31,876,941   4,392,760
    Financing receivables, net of allowance for credit losses of RMB147,330 and RMB162,302 as of December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively   2,835,527   2,073,051   285,674
    Accounts receivable and contract assets, net of allowance for credit losses of RMB1,636,163 and RMB1,643,867 as of December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively   5,497,989   5,139,299   708,214
    Amounts due from and prepayments to related parties   379,218   390,196   53,770
    Loan receivables from related parties   18,797   194,086   26,746
    Prepayments, receivables and other assets   6,252,700   7,573,610   1,043,672
    Total current assets   76,603,345   70,165,568   9,669,074
    Non-current assets            
    Property, plant and equipment, net   2,400,211   2,427,395   334,504
    Right-of-use assets   23,366,879   23,536,212   3,243,377
    Long-term investments, net   23,790,106   27,618,510   3,805,932
    Intangible assets, net   857,635   823,140   113,432
    Goodwill   4,777,420   4,777,420   658,346
    Long-term loan receivables from related parties   131,410   19,360   2,668
    Other non-current assets   1,222,277   1,244,856   171,546
    Total non-current assets   56,545,938   60,446,893   8,329,805
    TOTAL ASSETS   133,149,283   130,612,461   17,998,879
    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)
    (All amounts in thousands, except for share, per share data)
     
        As of
    December 31,
      As of
    March 31,
        2024   2025
        RMB   RMB   US$
                 
    LIABILITIES            
    Current liabilities            
    Accounts payable   9,492,629   7,868,788   1,084,348
    Amounts due to related parties   391,446   427,753   58,946
    Employee compensation and welfare payable   8,414,472   5,226,229   720,194
    Customer deposits payable   6,078,623   7,452,000   1,026,913
    Income taxes payable   1,028,735   823,746   113,515
    Short-term borrowings   288,280   182,010   25,082
    Lease liabilities current portion   13,729,701   13,579,265   1,871,273
    Contract liabilities and deferred revenue   6,051,867   6,583,215   907,191
    Accrued expenses and other current liabilities   7,268,505   10,618,658   1,463,290
    Total current liabilities   52,744,258   52,761,664   7,270,752
    Non-current liabilities            
    Deferred tax liabilities   317,697   317,697   43,780
    Lease liabilities non-current portion   8,636,770   8,579,296   1,182,259
    Other non-current liabilities   2,563   2,465   340
    Total non-current liabilities   8,957,030   8,899,458   1,226,379
    TOTAL LIABILITIES   61,701,288   61,661,122   8,497,131
    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)
    (All amounts in thousands, except for share, per share data)
     
        As of
    December 31,
      As of
    March 31,
        2024   2025
        RMB   RMB   US$
                 
    SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY            
    KE Holdings Inc. shareholders’ equity            
    Ordinary shares (US$0.00002 par value; 25,000,000,000 ordinary shares authorized, comprising of 24,114,698,720 Class A ordinary shares and 885,301,280 Class B ordinary shares. 3,479,616,986 Class A ordinary shares issued and 3,337,567,403 Class A ordinary shares outstanding(1) as of December 31, 2024; 3,477,710,889 Class A ordinary shares issued and 3,346,161,732 Class A ordinary shares outstanding(1) as of March 31, 2025; and 145,413,446 and 144,042,476 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, respectively)   461     460     63  
    Treasury shares   (949,410 )   (462,581 )   (63,745 )
    Additional paid-in capital   72,460,562     68,618,103     9,455,827  
    Statutory reserves   926,972     926,972     127,740  
    Accumulated other comprehensive income   609,112     616,892     85,010  
    Accumulated deficit   (1,723,881 )   (868,114 )   (119,629 )
    Total KE Holdings Inc. shareholders’ equity   71,323,816     68,831,732     9,485,266  
    Non-controlling interests   124,179     119,607     16,482  
    TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   71,447,995     68,951,339     9,501,748  
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   133,149,283     130,612,461     17,998,879  

    (1) Excluding the Class A ordinary shares registered in the name of the depositary bank for future issuance of ADSs upon the exercise or vesting of awards granted under our share incentive plans and the Class A ordinary shares repurchased but not cancelled in the form of ADSs.

    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
    (All amounts in thousands, except for share, per share data, ADS and per ADS data)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      RMB   RMB   US$
               
    Net revenues          
    Existing home transaction services 5,727,030     6,870,407     946,767  
    New home transaction services 4,916,515     8,074,995     1,112,764  
    Home renovation and furnishing 2,408,848     2,945,443     405,893  
    Home rental services 2,625,203     5,087,776     701,114  
    Emerging and other services 699,718     349,726     48,194  
    Total net revenues 16,377,314     23,328,347     3,214,732  
    Cost of revenues          
    Commission-split (3,418,179 )   (5,693,140 )   (784,536 )
    Commission and compensation-internal (3,620,949 )   (4,818,277 )   (663,976 )
    Cost of home renovation and furnishing (1,671,718 )   (1,985,956 )   (273,672 )
    Cost of home rental services (2,480,497 )   (4,746,056 )   (654,024 )
    Cost related to stores (685,047 )   (716,809 )   (98,779 )
    Others (378,838 )   (547,217 )   (75,408 )
    Total cost of revenues(1) (12,255,228 )   (18,507,455 )   (2,550,395 )
    Gross profit 4,122,086     4,820,892     664,337  
    Operating expenses          
    Sales and marketing expenses(1) (1,623,737 )   (1,772,957 )   (244,320 )
    General and administrative expenses(1) (2,019,195 )   (1,873,760 )   (258,211 )
    Research and development expenses(1) (467,300 )   (583,610 )   (80,424 )
    Total operating expenses (4,110,232 )   (4,230,327 )   (582,955 )
    Income from operations 11,854     590,565     81,382  
    Interest income, net 309,675     268,568     37,010  
    Share of results of equity investees (4,086 )   7,345     1,012  
    Fair value changes in investments, net 7,765     110,486     15,225  
    Impairment loss for equity investments accounted for using measurement alternative (6,147 )        
    Foreign currency exchange loss (17,748 )   (39,633 )   (5,462 )
    Other income, net 537,638     445,447     61,384  
    Income before income tax expense 838,951     1,382,778     190,551  
    Income tax expense (406,829 )   (527,455 )   (72,685 )
    Net income 432,122     855,323     117,866  
    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (Continued)
    (All amounts in thousands, except for share, per share data, ADS and per ADS data)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      RMB   RMB   US$
               
    Net loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests shareholders (348 )   444     61  
    Net income attributable to KE Holdings Inc. 431,774     855,767     117,927  
    Net income attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders 431,774     855,767     117,927  
               
    Net income 432,122     855,323     117,866  
    Currency translation adjustments 36,335     (23,695 )   (3,265 )
    Unrealized gains on available-for-sale investments, net of reclassification 25,331     31,475     4,337  
    Total comprehensive income 493,788     863,103     118,938  
    Comprehensive loss (income) attributable to non-controlling interests shareholders (348 )   444     61  
    Comprehensive income attributable to KE Holdings Inc. 493,440     863,547     118,999  
    Comprehensive income attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders 493,440     863,547     118,999  
    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (Continued)
    (All amounts in thousands, except for share, per share data, ADS and per ADS data)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      RMB   RMB   US$
               
    Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in computing net income per share, basic and diluted          
    —Basic 3,439,606,429   3,362,716,016   3,362,716,016
    —Diluted 3,541,861,506   3,522,002,071   3,522,002,071
               
    Weighted average number of ADS used in computing net income per ADS, basic and diluted          
    —Basic 1,146,535,476   1,120,905,339   1,120,905,339
    —Diluted 1,180,620,502   1,174,000,690   1,174,000,690
               
    Net income per share attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders          
    —Basic 0.13   0.25   0.03
    —Diluted 0.12   0.24   0.03
               
    Net income per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders          
    —Basic 0.38   0.76   0.10
    —Diluted 0.37   0.73   0.10
               
    (1) Includes share-based compensation expenses as follows:
    Cost of revenues 124,433   109,558   15,097
    Sales and marketing expenses 47,303   45,295   6,242
    General and administrative expenses 577,134   331,203   45,641
    Research and development expenses 44,510   41,113   5,666
               
    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED RECONCILIATION OF GAAP AND NON-GAAP RESULTS
    (All amounts in thousands, except for share, per share data, ADS and per ADS data)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      RMB   RMB   US$
               
    Income from operations 11,854     590,565     81,382  
    Share-based compensation expenses 793,380     527,169     72,646  
    Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and business cooperation agreement 154,293     29,883     4,118  
    Adjusted income from operations 959,527     1,147,617     158,146  
               
    Net income 432,122     855,323     117,866  
    Share-based compensation expenses 793,380     527,169     72,646  
    Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and business cooperation agreement 154,293     29,883     4,118  
    Changes in fair value from long-term investments, loan receivables measured at fair value and contingent consideration 13,191     (13,084 )   (1,803 )
    Impairment of investments 6,147          
    Tax effects on non-GAAP adjustments (6,916 )   (6,494 )   (895 )
    Adjusted net income 1,392,217     1,392,797     191,932  
               
    Net income 432,122     855,323     117,866  
    Income tax expense 406,829     527,455     72,685  
    Share-based compensation expenses 793,380     527,169     72,646  
    Amortization of intangible assets 158,506     35,171     4,847  
    Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 165,169     178,254     24,564  
    Interest income, net (309,675 )   (268,568 )   (37,010 )
    Changes in fair value from long-term investments, loan receivables measured at fair value and contingent consideration 13,191     (13,084 )   (1,803 )
    Impairment of investments 6,147          
    Adjusted EBITDA 1,665,669     1,841,720     253,795  
               
    Net income attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders 431,774     855,767     117,927  
    Share-based compensation expenses 793,380     527,169     72,646  
    Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and business cooperation agreement 154,293     29,883     4,118  
    Changes in fair value from long-term investments, loan receivables measured at fair value and contingent consideration 13,191     (13,084 )   (1,803 )
    Impairment of investments 6,147          
    Tax effects on non-GAAP adjustments (6,916 )   (6,494 )   (895 )
    Effects of non-GAAP adjustments on net income attributable to non-controlling interests shareholders (7 )   (7 )   (1 )
    Adjusted net income attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders 1,391,862     1,393,234     191,992  
    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED RECONCILIATION OF GAAP AND NON-GAAP RESULTS (Continued)
    (All amounts in thousands, except for share, per share data, ADS and per ADS data)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      RMB   RMB   US$
               
    Weighted average number of ADS used in computing net income per ADS, basic and diluted          
    —Basic 1,146,535,476   1,120,905,339   1,120,905,339
    —Diluted 1,180,620,502   1,174,000,690   1,174,000,690
               
    Weighted average number of ADS used in calculating adjusted net income per ADS, basic and diluted          
    —Basic 1,146,535,476   1,120,905,339   1,120,905,339
    —Diluted 1,180,620,502   1,174,000,690   1,174,000,690
               
    Net income per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders          
    —Basic 0.38   0.76   0.10
    —Diluted 0.37   0.73   0.10
               
    Non-GAAP adjustments to net income per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders          
    —Basic 0.83   0.48   0.07
    —Diluted 0.81   0.46   0.06
               
    Adjusted net income per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders          
    —Basic 1.21   1.24   0.17
    —Diluted 1.18   1.19   0.16
               
    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
    (All amounts in thousands)
     
      For the Three Months Ended
      March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
      RMB   RMB   US$
               
    Net cash used in operating activities (2,108,532 )   (3,965,271 )   (546,429 )
    Net cash provided by investing activities 1,290,426     6,285,669     866,188  
    Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (252,538 )   261,073     35,977  
    Effect of exchange rate change on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (3,505 )   35,500     4,892  
    Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash (1,074,149 )   2,616,971     360,628  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the period 25,857,461     20,301,414     2,797,610  
    Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period 24,783,312     22,918,385     3,158,238  
    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED SEGMENT CONTRIBUTION MEASURE
    (All amounts in thousands)
     
        For the Three Months Ended
        March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
        RMB   RMB   US$
    Existing home transaction services            
    Net revenues   5,727,030     6,870,407     946,767  
    Commission and compensation   (3,180,925 )   (4,252,291 )   (585,981 )
    Contribution   2,546,105     2,618,116     360,786  
    New home transaction services            
    Net revenues   4,916,515     8,074,995     1,112,764  
    Commission and compensation   (3,821,103 )   (6,185,772 )   (852,422 )
    Contribution   1,095,412     1,889,223     260,342  
    Home renovation and furnishing            
    Net revenues   2,408,848     2,945,443     405,893  
    Material costs, commission and compensation   (1,671,718 )   (1,985,956 )   (273,672 )
    Contribution   737,130     959,487     132,221  
    Home rental services            
    Net revenues   2,625,203     5,087,776     701,114  
    Property leasing costs, commission and compensation   (2,480,497 )   (4,746,056 )   (654,024 )
    Contribution   144,706     341,720     47,090  
    Emerging and other services            
    Net revenues   699,718     349,726     48,194  
    Commission and compensation   (37,100 )   (73,354 )   (10,109 )
    Contribution   662,618     276,372     38,085  
    KE Holdings Inc.
    UNAUDITED SEGMENT CONTRIBUTION MEASURE (Continued)
    (All amounts in thousands)
     
        For the Three Months Ended
        March 31,
    2024
      March 31,
    2025
      March 31,
    2025
        RMB   RMB   US$
    Reconciliation of profit            
    Cost related to stores   (685,047 )   (716,809 )   (98,779 )
    Other costs   (378,838 )   (547,217 )   (75,408 )
    Amounts not allocated to segment:            
    Sales and marketing expenses   (1,623,737 )   (1,772,957 )   (244,320 )
    General and administrative expenses   (2,019,195 )   (1,873,760 )   (258,211 )
    Research and development expenses   (467,300 )   (583,610 )   (80,424 )
    Total operating expenses   (4,110,232 )   (4,230,327 )   (582,955 )
    Income from operations   11,854     590,565     81,382  
     

    1 GTV for a given period is calculated as the total value of all transactions which the Company facilitated on the Company’s platform and evidenced by signed contracts as of the end of the period, including the value of the existing home transactions, new home transactions, home renovation and furnishing and emerging and other services (excluding home rental services), and including transactions that are contracted but pending closing at the end of the relevant period. For the avoidance of doubt, for transactions that failed to close afterwards, the corresponding GTV represented by these transactions will be deducted accordingly.
    2 Adjusted net income (loss) is a non-GAAP financial measure, which is defined as net income (loss), excluding (i) share-based compensation expenses, (ii) amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and business cooperation agreement, (iii) changes in fair value from long-term investments, loan receivables measured at fair value and contingent consideration, (iv) impairment of investments, and (v) tax effects of the above non-GAAP adjustments. Please refer to the section titled “Unaudited reconciliation of GAAP and non-GAAP results” for details.
    3 Based on our accumulated operational experience, we have introduced the operating metrics of number of active stores and number of active agents on our platform, which can better reflect the operational activeness of stores and agents on our platform.
    “Active stores” as of a given date is defined as stores on our platform excluding the stores which (i) have not facilitated any housing transaction during the preceding 60 days, (ii) do not have any agent who has engaged in any critical steps in housing transactions (including but not limited to introducing new properties, attracting new customers and conducting property showings) during the preceding seven days, or (iii) have not been visited by any agent during the preceding 14 days. The number of active stores was 42,593 as of March 31, 2024.
    4 “Active agents” as of a given date is defined as agents on our platform excluding the agents who (i) delivered notice to leave but have not yet completed the exit procedures, (ii) have not engaged in any critical steps in housing transactions (including but not limited to introducing new properties, attracting new customers and conducting property showings) during the preceding 30 days, or (iii) have not participated in facilitating any housing transaction during the preceding three months. The number of active agents was 399,159 as of March 31, 2024.
    5 “Mobile monthly active users” or “mobile MAU” are to the sum of (i) the number of accounts that have accessed our platform through our Beike or Lianjia mobile app (with duplication eliminated) at least once during a month, and (ii) the number of Weixin users that have accessed our platform through our Weixin Mini Programs at least once during a month. Average mobile MAU for any period is calculated by dividing (i) the sum of the Company’s mobile MAUs for each month of such period, by (ii) the number of months in such period.
    6 Adjusted income (loss) from operations is a non-GAAP financial measure, which is defined as income (loss) from operations, excluding (i) share-based compensation expenses, and (ii) amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and business cooperation agreement. Please refer to the section titled “Unaudited reconciliation of GAAP and non-GAAP results” for details.
    7 Adjusted operating margin is adjusted income (loss) from operations as a percentage of net revenues.
    8 Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure, which is defined as net income (loss), excluding (i) income tax expense, (ii) share-based compensation expenses, (iii) amortization of intangible assets, (iv) depreciation of property, plant and equipment, (v) interest income, net, (vi) changes in fair value from long-term investments, loan receivables measured at fair value and contingent consideration, and (vii) impairment of investments. Please refer to the section titled “Unaudited reconciliation of GAAP and non-GAAP results” for details.
    9 Adjusted net income (loss) attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders is a non-GAAP financial measure, which is defined as net income (loss) attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders, excluding (i) share-based compensation expenses, (ii) amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions and business cooperation agreement, (iii) changes in fair value from long-term investments, loan receivables measured at fair value and contingent consideration, (iv) impairment of investments, (v) tax effects of the above non-GAAP adjustments, and (vi) effects of non-GAAP adjustments on net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests shareholders. Please refer to the section titled “Unaudited reconciliation of GAAP and non-GAAP results” for details.
    10 ADS refers to American Depositary Share. Each ADS represents three Class A ordinary shares of the Company. Net income (loss) per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders is net income (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders divided by weighted average number of ADS outstanding during the periods used in calculating net income (loss) per ADS, basic and diluted.
    11 Adjusted net income (loss) per ADS attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders is a non-GAAP financial measure, which is defined as adjusted net income (loss) attributable to KE Holdings Inc.’s ordinary shareholders divided by weighted average number of ADS outstanding during the periods used in calculating adjusted net income (loss) per ADS, basic and diluted. Please refer to the section titled “Unaudited reconciliation of GAAP and non-GAAP results” for details.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: BEN Expands into Hospitality with AI Concierge

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    WILMINGTON, Del., May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — What happens when an AI innovator enters one of the world’s most service-driven industries? For BEN, it enters a new vertical—reimagining hospitality with personalized, intelligent AI. That journey begins at one of Eastern Europe’s top luxury hotels, delivering a next-generation guest experience that blends high-touch service with human-like intelligence.

    Brand Engagement Network Inc. (BEN) (Nasdaq: BNAI), an innovator in AI-powered customer engagement, announced it has entered into a formal agreement with Seven Visions Resort & Places, The Dvin (The Dvin), to develop and deploy BEN’s expert Concierge AI Agent at the iconic Yerevan destination. This collaboration signifies BEN’s entry into the hospitality sector, which the parties believe will establish a new standard for AI-enhanced luxury guest experiences on a larger scale.

    A Two-Phase Pilot Initiative Designed for Impact

    The collaboration will begin with a two-phase pilot initiative, starting with a 24/7 Concierge AI Agent and following with a Reservation AI Agent. Both are powered by BEN’s modular iSKYE platform, allowing clients to deploy high-impact use cases quickly and scale across the guest journey. 

    With this initiative, BEN enters the hospitality industry, offering secure, guest-first AI tailored for high-touch customer experience, marking a strategic expansion into a new vertical.

    A Setting Built for Innovation

    “Introducing AI at this level isn’t just about adopting new technology—it’s about redefining luxury,” said Dvin owner Artak Tovmasyan, who also holds a 30% stake in a cybersecurity firm serving over 85% of Dubai’s hotels. “We chose BEN for their secure, guest-first platform—designed with trust, speed, and world-class execution in mind.”

    “This is an opportunity to demonstrate the versatility of BEN’s AI platform in a setting where service excellence is paramount,” said Paul Chang, CEO of Brand Engagement Network.

    For more information about BEN, visit www.beninc.ai.

    About Seven Visions Resort & Places, The Dvin
    Seven Visions Resort & Places, The Dvin stands as Armenia’s crown jewel — a historical and cultural entertainment destination where timeless heritage meets bold innovation. Globally recognized with 15 international awards and several Guinness nominations, it stands as a symbol of excellence on the world stage — including titles such as World’s Leading Hotel Dining & Entertainment Experience 2023 and 2024, World’s Best New MICE Hotel 2023, as well as multiple awards as Europe’s and Armenia’s Leading Hotel. Seven Visions plays a key role in making Armenia a top MICE destination for meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions worldwide. Its mission is clear: to place Armenia on the global touristic map. The resort features 153 artfully appointed rooms and suites, providing guests with unparalleled comfort and an immersive stay. At the heart of Seven Visions Resort & Places lies The Dvin Music Hall — the largest ceremony venue in the region, having hosted weddings, prestigious events, and prominent guests. The One & Only Theatre, home to the world’s only ceiling-stage, redefines live entertainment with an immersive experience. Hayrik Restaurant by Seven Visions elevates Armenian cuisine, blending tradition with modern techniques and global influences in a warm, welcoming atmosphere. For a unique entertainment experience, the Stage Gastro Show Club pairs fine cuisine with live acrobatic performances, creating a memorable sensory experience. Relaxation flows seamlessly at The Pool, a breathtaking infinity pool designed for inspiration and serenity. Guests can also focus on wellness at Body & Soul Fitness Center, featuring advanced training equipment, a tennis court, and a Cross Fit zone. For business meetings, Hartak Meeting Places offers 12 high-tech venues ideal for conferences, networking events, expos, summits, and exclusive gatherings. The resort also houses ARTaments in Future Tower, a premium business center where only market-leading companies rent exclusive office spaces. Finally, N7 Beach Club, located 1,111 meters above sea level and enclosed by a one-glass facade, boasts the 4th biggest infinity pool of its kind in the world, making it one of the most iconic aquatic experiences globally. And this is just the beginning — with visionary new projects on the horizon, including a world-class casino and an opulent, internationally acclaimed spa, Seven Visions Resort & Places, The Dvin continues to shape the future of hospitality, culture, and global tourism.
    Learn more at 7visionshotels.com.

    About Brand Engagement Network Inc. (BEN)
    Brand Engagement Network Inc. (BEN) (Nasdaq: BNAI) innovates in AI-powered customer engagement by delivering safe, intelligent, scalable solutions. Its proprietary Enterprise Language Model (ELM™) and Retrieval-Augmented Generation (RAG™) architecture enable highly personalized interactions supported by customers’ curated data in closed-loop environments. BEN develops AI-driven engagement solutions for the life sciences, automotive, and retail industries, featuring AI-powered avatars for outbound campaigns, inbound customer service, and real-time recommendations. With a global AI research and development team, BEN provides secure cloud-based and on-premises deployments, granting complete control of the technology stack and ensuring compliance with GDPR, CCPA, HIPAA, and SOC 2 Type 1 standards. The company holds 21 patents, with 28 pending, demonstrating its commitment to advancing AI-driven consumer engagement.
    Learn more at www.beninc.ai.

    Forward-Looking Statements
    Certain statements in this communication are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of federal securities laws. They are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect, among other things, BEN’s current expectations, assumptions, plans, strategies, and anticipated results. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks, and changes in circumstances that may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements, which are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance.

    There are a number of risks, uncertainties and conditions that may cause BEN’s actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including but not limited to the risk factors described in Part I, Item 1A of Risk Factors in BEN’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 and the other risk factors identified from time to time in the BEN’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Filings with the SEC are available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

    Many of these circumstances are beyond BEN’s ability to control or predict. These forward-looking statements necessarily involve assumptions on BEN’s part. These forward-looking statements may include words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “project,” “should,” “may,” “will,” “might,” “could,” “would,” or similar expressions. All forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons acting on BEN’s behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements that appear throughout this communication. Furthermore, undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements, which are based on the information currently available to the Company and speak only as of the date they are made. BEN disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements.

    Media Contact 
    Amy Rouyer
    P: 503-367-7596
    E: amy@beninc.ai

    Investor Relations
    Susan Xu
    P: 778-323-0959
    E: sxu@allianceadvisors.com

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/c4acfcc4-228d-4129-803b-0a67ff1bf6b6

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI: Best Instant Loans Online Guaranteed Approval Direct Lenders No Credit Check – IOnline Payday Loans

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SHERIDAN, Wyo., May 15, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — When unexpected expenses occur, waiting days for loan approval isn’t an option. Instant loans online with guaranteed approval offer a quick solution, especially for those with bad credit.

    >> Click Here to Apply for Instant Loans >>

    Unlike traditional banks, these loans focus on your repayment ability, not your credit score. Platforms like IOnline Payday Loans offer instant loans online guaranteed approval process. It will connect you to trusted lenders and help you access emergency funds within hours.

    >> Click Here to Apply for Instant Loans >>

    What Are Best Payday Loans for Bad Credit?

    Instant payday loans for bad credit are short-term, small-dollar loans designed to help you cover urgent expenses until your next paycheck. These are ideal for people who face sudden financial emergencies like medical bills, car repairs, or utility payments but don’t have access to traditional credit.

    For individuals with poor credit scores, payday loans for bad credit offer a practical solution. Unlike banks that focus heavily on credit history, payday lenders emphasize your current income and ability to repay. This increases your chances of approval, even if your credit score is low or non-existent.

    >> Click Here to Apply for Instant Loans >>

    The best payday loans for bad credit are those that provide quick application processes, minimal documentation, and, most importantly, no hard credit checks. Some lenders even promise instant loans online with guaranteed approval, speeding up the entire borrowing experience.

    However, it’s important to remember that “guaranteed approval” typically refers to high approval rates rather than an absolute guarantee. Responsible lenders will still verify your income and basic eligibility before disbursing funds.

    With trusted platforms like IOnline Payday Loans, you can easily get connected to no credit check payday loans direct lenders who offer fast approvals, transparent terms, and same-day fund transfers. This makes payday loans an accessible and efficient choice for anyone needing immediate financial relief.

    Types of Loans No Credit Check Loans Guaranteed Approval

    When time is of the essence, and your credit rating isn’t the best no credit check loans guaranteed approval direct lenders are a convenient choice. The loans are quick and convenient and don’t suffer from the common credit score barrier. Here are some of the popular ones:

    • Payday Loans for Bad Credit guaranteed approval direct lenders: These are the most common selection for borrowers that need cash immediately. Bad credit payday loans are designed to provide small, temporary expenses, most likely paid for in your subsequent payday. It is an easy process, and approval is commonly within minutes.
    • Guaranteed Installment Loans for bad credit: For people who are in need of larger sums and want to repay over months, installment loans are better. Though some of these lenders take into account credit scores, most offer no credit check loans guaranteed approval in employment and income.
    • 1 Hour Payday Loans No Credit Check: As the name indicates, these loans are approved and released within an hour. Ideal for sudden expenses, they provide lightning-fast fund transfer with low eligibility.
    • $255 Payday Loans Online Same Day: These microloans are meant for short-term small expenses. They can be applied for online and received on the same day, making them an excellent option for instant financial solutions.
    • No Credit Check Personal Loans Direct Lenders: In contrast to successive lenders, direct lenders offering personal loans with no credit check are interested in your present financial ability. They take quicker decisions and offer flexible terms without an intermediary.

    Each of these loan types serves different needs, but they all share one goal, providing quick, hassle-free funds when you need them most. Platforms like IOnline Payday Loans streamline this by connecting you to trusted lenders offering these loan options.

    How to Apply for The Best Payday Loans No Credit Check Guaranteed Approval?

    It’s fast and easy to get a no credit check payday loan by doing the following easy steps:

    Applying for a payday loan with no credit check is easy and quick if you follow these simple steps:

    Step 1: Visit IOnline Payday Loans

    Go to IOnline Payday Loans website and navigate to their loan application page. The platform specializes in connecting borrowers with trusted lenders who offer fast approvals and no credit check loans.

    Step 2: Choose your loan amount

    Decide how much you need to borrow. Whether it’s a small emergency expense like a $255 payday loans online same day or a larger amount, pick an amount you can comfortably repay.

    Step 3: Fill out the online application

    Complete a simple form with your personal details, name, age, employment status, income, and bank account information. This helps lenders assess your ability to repay the loan.

    Step 4: Submit and wait for instant matching

    After submitting the form, IOnline Payday Loans will instantly match you with no credit check payday loans direct lenders from their network.

    Step 5: Review loan offer and accept

    Once matched, you’ll receive a loan offer detailing the loan amount, repayment terms, and fees. Review the offer carefully. If satisfied, accept the terms electronically.

    Step 6: Receive funds

    After accepting, funds are typically transferred to your bank account within hours. Some lenders even offer 1 hour payday loans no credit check, so you can get the money on the same day.

    This simple process ensures that even borrowers with bad credit can access funds quickly and securely without unnecessary delays.

    Features & Advantages of IOnline Payday Loans

    IOnline Payday Loans concentrates on simplifying borrowing money in a convenient, fast, and easy manner, especially for individuals with bad credit. The benefits that they offer are as follows:

    • No credit check loans: IOnline introduces you to direct lenders who offer no hard credit check payday loans, giving applicants with poor credit a level playing field for approval.
    • Instant approval procedure: The applications are usually approved immediately, the decisions being made within minutes of application.
    • Same day fund transfer: The sanctioned borrowers are given the loan amount on the same day, with options such as $255 payday loans online same day and 1 hour payday loans no credit check.
    • Complete online application: From application to receiving funds, everything is done online, and this saves you time and effort.
    • Flexible amounts of loan: Borrowers are free to choose how much they are capable of borrowing based on their short-term need and repayment capacity.
    • Clear terms & conditions: Loan quotes explicitly state rates of interest, repayment terms, and charges so that there are no surprises.
    • Trustworthy lender network: IOnline Payday Loans has a network of several and trustworthy and verified direct lenders, providing secure and safe lending.
    • High approval rates: Emphasis is placed on your existing earnings and repayment capacity, hence easier approvals than with conventional banks.

    Why is IOnline Payday Loans the Best Option for You?

    When you experience an unexpected expense and need cash in a hurry, not every lender will be there for you, particularly if your credit history is not spotless. That is where IOnline Payday Loans is the better option. Unlike other lenders who are obsessed with credit scores, IOnline considers what is really important, your income and repayment potential.

    The site does not lend you money but brings you in touch with a reputable community of no credit check payday loans direct lenders. This implies that you do not waste time looking for reputable lenders on your own. IOnline makes it easy so that you do not have to complete several forms on various websites.

    Speed is another huge benefit. Whether it is immediate online loans with guaranteed approval or emergency options such as 1 hour payday loans no credit check, IOnline facilitates fast approvals and immediate fund transfer.

    Transparency is what differentiates IOnline as well. Loan terms are offered openly, with you receiving all the information up front. No surprises. No fees hidden. No jargon. Just honest, open lending.

    Above all else, the site is for you, a person with bad credit but still qualified for a loan. With high approval ratings, convenient loan terms, and a quick experience, IOnline Payday Loans is convenient and reliable.

    Eligibility Requirements for IOnline Payday Loans

    One of the best advantages of using IOnline Payday Loans is the simple and uncomplicated eligibility criteria. Unlike other loans that ask for a high credit score, IOnline is more concerned about your present financial situation.

    To qualify for a payday loan, you need to meet these minimum criteria:

    • You must be at least 18 years old. Legal adulthood is needed to sign a loan agreement.
    • You must be a U.S. citizen. Disbursal of loans is usually to a legal U.S. address by lenders.
    • There must be a regular income. This could be from work, self-employment or even government benefits. The lender looks at whether you can afford to repay on this basis.
    • There needs to be an open checking account. This is where your loan will be deposited and where your repayments will be withdrawn.
    • Correct contact information is required. A working phone number and email address are needed for free communication with the lender.

    These conditions guarantee that although credit history is not a barrier, the lender still checks your capability to repay responsibly. This maintains the process quick, equitable, and transparent.

    Other Types of No Credit Check Payday Loans

    Aside from the classic payday loan, there are a couple of other products that are exempt from the credit check stipulation, but that serve other purposes. They are all for the same purpose, fast money with no hassle of rigorous credit checks, but slightly different in shape and payback.

    One of those options is the installment payday loan. While most payday loans require you to pay it back in one lump sum on your next payday, installment loans let you pay it back in smaller, easier-to-handle monthly payments. This is ideal if you need a bit larger loan but don’t want to have to make the repayments.

    A different popular choice is the $255 payday loans online same day. Microloans are best suited for small, urgent expenses in which time matters. Money is typically disbursed within hours and is best used in emergencies.

    For extremely quick requirements, there are also 1 hour payday loans no credit check provided by some lenders. These are designed for urgency, and you’re approved and money in just one hour after application.

    Additionally, no credit check personal loans direct lenders provide slightly higher sums with flexible repayment conditions, ideal for those who want something more than a quick fix but do not want to be judged on credit scores.

    Websites such as IOnline Payday Loans enable you to search these options with ease by connecting you with trustworthy lenders who specialize in no credit check loans that are appropriate for your requirement.

    Wrapping Up

    At times of financial crises, waiting for conventional loan approvals is not feasible, particularly when you have a bad credit record. Instant loans with guaranteed approval online are a trustworthy option at such times. Websites such as IOnline Payday Loans make lending easy, enabling you to receive instant cash in hand without undergoing the time-consuming process of hard credit checks or waiting for long.

    Regardless of whether you need a quick $255 online same day payday loan or a larger short-term loan, IOnline leads you to responsible lenders who prioritize your current ability to repay. With easy qualifications, rapid approvals, and straightforward terms, IOnline Payday Loans is an ideal choice for you if you need quick money whenever you need it most.

    Remember, although “guaranteed approval” implies high approval rates, responsible lending must be practiced. Always borrow what you can afford and carefully read the terms of repayment.

    Frequently Asked Questions

    1.   Are guaranteed payday loans for bad credit really available?

    “Guaranteed approval” in payday loans means your chances of approval are much better even with a bad credit history. But no lender can give 100% guaranteed approval without first checking your basic eligibility and paying ability.

    Sites such as IOnline Payday Loans are comprised of lenders who specialize in instant bad credit payday loans and offer you a high approval probability if you meet with minimal income and ID requirements.

    2.   Will my credit rating be affected?

    No, applying for a IOnline Payday Loans payday loan doesn’t have an impact on your credit score. The site matches you up with no credit check direct lenders for payday loans who consider how much money you earn, not your history.

    They are able to perform a soft check, but it does not affect your credit score, so it is not dangerous for borrowers who want to avoid lowering their score any more.

    3.   Are these loans available in every state?

    Availability of payday loans is governed by the states. There are states with prohibitive lending laws that limit or prohibit payday loans.

    IOnline Payday Loans has lending partners in the U.S., but your eligibility will be governed by the laws of your state. Review the payday lending laws in your state before applying to comply.

    Project Name: IOnline Payday Loans

    Disclaimer: This announcement contains general information about Ionline payday loan services and should not be considered financial advice. Ionline Payday Loans does not guarantee loan approval, and loan terms may vary by applicant and lender requirements. Loans are available to U.S. residents only.

    A photo accompanying this announcement is available at https://www.globenewswire.com/NewsRoom/AttachmentNg/aaa98012-fff5-49be-98e0-27b1f1bb4ebb

    The MIL Network